PHÒNG GD&ĐT

TRƯỜNG THCS

ĐỀ KSCL HSG NĂM HỌC 2018 -2019

Môn: Tiếng Anh 6

Thời gian làm bài: 120 phút

Part A. Pronounciation and speaking

I. Choose the word which is pronounced differently from the others.(10pts)

1. A. clothes B. watches C. benches D. classes

2. A. read B. teacher C. eat D. ahead

3. A. books B. pens C. rulers D. erasers

4. A. kite B. twice C . swim D. pastimes

5. A. full B. tube C. blue D. fruit

6. A. thin B. thick C. thanks D .with

7. A. doors B. dogs C. floors D. maps

8. A. hour B. happy C. high D. hotel

9. A . tenth B. math C. brother D. theater

10. A. looked B. washed C. missed D. studied

II. Rearrange the order of the sentences to have complete conversation about a TV programme.(10pts)

A. Discovery channel .

B. It’s a sport . Pigs race around a small track . It’s really very funny .

C. No.What is this ?

D. Really ? I’ve never seen it .What country is it in?

 E. Well…..When is it on?

F. Australia ,America….It’s attraction at many country fairs.

G. Hey Phong ,did you watch the pig race on TV yesterday?

H. That sounds interesting.Which channel is it on?

I. At 9 o’clock Saturday morning or 10 o’clock Sunday evening .

J. Thank you . I’ll watch it .

Your Answer:

1G 2… 3… 4… 5… 6…. 7…. 8….. 9….. 10……

Part B. VOCABULARY AND GRAMMAR

III. Choose the best answer A, B, C or D to complete the sentences.(10 points)

1. One of them .................an oval face.

A. have B. having C. has D. had.

2. There is .................... bread on the table.

A. a B. an C. some D. two.

3. Their cows produce ..................

A. a lot of milk B. many milk C. lots milk D. a few milk

4. ……………..straight across the road.

A. Don’t run B. Not run C. No run D. Can’t run

5. I learn music………………. : on Mondays and Fridays.

A. two times a week B. once a week C. one a week D. twice a week

6. How many minutes are there in………… hour?

A. a B. an C. the D. these

7.Which sentence isn’t used to ask about the direction to somewhere ?

A.How can I get to the supermarket ? B.Could you tell me how to get to the bus stop?

C.Can you show me the way to to the post office D.Can you help me do this exercise?
8 ……is your uncle going to stay here? - ……………… about three days.
A. How long - For B. How far - For
C. How long - At D. How long - From
9. Odd one out .

A.reliable B.responsible C.historic D.confident

10.Which word has the opposite meaning of the word “fantastic”?

A.wonderful B.incredible C.terrible D.excellent
IV. Complete the following sentences with the correct form of the words anf verb in brackets.(10 points)

1. Mary likes attending the English ..................... contests. (SPEAK)

2. Britain’s most common leisure ……….are watching TV and films and listening to the radio .(ACT)

3. I like the city life because there are many kinds of ..................... (ENTERTAIN)

4. Lan’s classroom is on the ..................... floor. (TWO)

5. Peter never (see) ………………..High school Musical before

6. Lan speaks English ..................... than me. (WELL)

7. Merlion is a …………with the head of a lion and the body of fish .(CREATE)

8. What’s Mary’s .....................? - She’s British. (NATION)

9. We should not waste ..................... and water. (ELECTRIC)

10. Let him do it ...................... (HE)

V. Find out one mistake in each of the following sentences, then correct it.(10pts)

1. I have less books in English than my classmates.

2. They often go to bed early and never get up lately.

3. It take Hung two hours to do his homework every day.

4. A lot of my friends play tennis, but not much of them play badminton.

5. Would you like going to the movies with us tonight?

6. Our teacher gives us much homeworks today.

7. His sister often goes to school with an orange small bag.

8. John doesn't work so hardly as Peter, but he is much more careful than Peter.

9. Do you know how much does it cost to fly to Australia?

10. She’d like a dozen eggs and any vegetables.

Part C . READING

VI. Read the passage and choose the correct answer (A,B, C or D) to fill in the gap.(1.0 pt)

I don’t usually eat breakfast. I only have (1) _____of coffee. I don’t eat (2) _______until about eleven. Then I
have a biscuit and a glass of (3) ______. For lunch I usually have a salad. That’s (4) ______about two o’clock. I
have (5) _______ at half past six in the afternoon. I’m a vegetarian, so I don’t eat (6) _____ or fish. I eat cheese
and eggs and things like that. I have a glass of water or fruit (7) ______with my meal. On the weekend I go to a
(8) ______in the evening. You can (9) _____vegetarian meals in a (10) ____restaurants now.

1. A. a packet B. a cup C. a can D. a bar

2. A. something B. some C. any D. anything

3. A. peas B. rice C. milk D. chocolate

4. A. at B. on C. in D. of

5. A. breakfast B. dinner C. lunch D. supper

6. A. rice B. vegetables C. noodles D. meat

7. A. water B. lemonade C. juice D. soda

8. A. restaurant B. store C. apartment D. shop

9. A. get B. getting C. to get D. gets

10.A. many B. much C. lot of D. lots of

VII. Fill in each gap with ONE suitable word to complete the passage.(1.0 pt)

England is not a large (1)______. No town (2)_______England is very far (3)_____the sea and many English
families spend their summer holidays at (4)______seaside. There are no high mountains in England, no very
(5)______ rivers and no very large forests. There are many towns in (6)_________. No town is very far from
another. The English countryside between the towns is like the carpet of many (7)______. In (8)______and
 summer, the fields, meadows and forests (9)_____light green or dark green and the gardens are green, red,
blue, yellow and white (10)______flowers

VIII. Read the following passage and answer the questions.(1.0 pt)

People usually sing because they like music or because they feel happy. They express their happiness by singing.
When a bird sing, however, its song usually means much more than that the bird is happy. Birds have many
reasons for singing. They sing to give information. Their songs are their language.
The most beautiful songs are sung by male (cock) birds. They sing when they want to attract a female (hen)
bird. It is their way of saying that they are looking for a wife.
Birds also sing to tell other birds to keep away. To a bird, his tree or even a branch of tree, is his home. He does
not want strangers to come near him, so he sings to warn them.
If a bird cannot sing well, he usually has some other means of giving important information. Some birds dance,
spread out their tails or make other sings. One bird has a most unusual way of finding a wife. It builds a small
garden of shells and flowers.
1. Why do people usually sing ?
A. They like birds. B. They feel happy.
C. They want to tell a story . D. They like studying music.
2. Which birds sing the most beautiful songs ?
A. Birds in a good temper. B. Cock birds.
C. Hen birds. D. Female birds which attract male birds.
3. What warnings does a bird sometimes sing ?
A. A warning to keep away. B. A warning to come quickly.
C. A warning about the approach of people D. A warning to stop singing.
4. What do most birds usually do if they cannot sing well ?
A. warn other birds to go away. B. give their information in another way.
C. find a wife. D. fly high in the sky.
5. What is one bird's unusual way of attracting a hen bird ?
A. It dances. B. It spreads out its tail.
C. It searches for a wife. D. It uses shells and flowers to make a garden

IX. Read the first sentence, and then complete the second sentence with the same meaning.(5pts)

1. My house has a living – room, two bedrooms and a kitchen.

-> There __________________________________________

2. This pencil belongs to my brother.

-> This is _________________________________________

 3. What’s your father’s weight?

-> How _________________________________________?

4. My brother drinks two glasses of milk every day. (Đặt câu hỏi cho phần gạch chân)

-> _______________________________________________

5.I last saw Peter five month ago .

->I haven’t--------------------------- …….

X. Use the suggested words and phrases to write complete sentences.(5pts)

1. sister/ need/ 10 kilos/ rice/ half / kilo/ pork.

_____________________________________________________________________

2. Nam/ friends/ volleyball/ three/ a week.

_____________________________________________________________________

3. Milk/ apple juice/ my/ favorite drink

_____________________________________________________________________

4. There/ not / mangoes/ fridge.

______________________________________________________________________

5. Mr. Young/ play / volleyball/ now?

______________________________________________________________________
I- Choose one word with different pronunciation of the underlined part. Write A, B, C or D in the space provided.
(0.2 x 6 = 1.2pts)

1 A. plays B. says C. days D. stays

2 A. what B. who C. where D. when

3 A. sport B. start C. listen D. eat

4 A. game B. geography C. vegetable D. change

5 A. station B. intersection C. question D. invitation

6 A. teacher B. children C. lunch D. chemistry

II- Choose the word with different stress pattern. Write A, B, C or D in the space provided (0.8pt)

7 A. delicious B. difficult C. dangerous D. different

8 A. activity B. badminton C. basketball D. aerobics

9 A. sandwich B. chocolate C. cartoon D. toothpaste

10 A. correct B. receive C. visit D. unload

PART TWO - VOCABULARY AND GRAMMAR. (0.2 X 30 = 6.0pts)

I- Circle the best answer A, B, C or D to complete the sentences: Write A, B, C or D in the box (2.0pts)

11. How…………. rice does he want?

A. many B. much C. any D. about

12. Superstitions still________ an important part of life for many people in Vietnam.
A. take B. play C. do D. give
13. Educated women are likely to get __________ jobs and become more important at home.

A. well-trained B. well-paid C. well-prepared D. well-educated

14. Some people think that married women ________ pursue a career.

A. shouldn’t B. might not C. mustn’t D. may not

15. You ________ pick those flowers. Don’t you see the sign?

A. can’t B. don’t need to C. mustn’t D. needn’t

16. What……….…going by bike to the pagoda?

A. there B. sport C. about D. time

17. When _______ bride wears “something old”, it reminds her of her family and ________ past.
 A. an / a B. a / a C. the / the D. a / the

18. This ceremony is known under different names.

A. clever B. fortunate C. traditional D. numerous
19. I don’t have………….apples but I have………….oranges.

A. any- any B. some- any C. some- some D. any- some

20. Don’t throw trash into the river. It……….…water

A. plows B. saves C. damages D. pollutes

II. Write the correct form of the words given in capital letters write the answers in the box (2.0pts)

21. Her birthday is on the……….…of September. (TWENTY)

22. There are five…….……in the kitchen. (KNIFE)

23. There are a lot of interesting…….……in the summer. (ACT)

24. It was the bird’s first ____________________ from the nest. FLY

25. Yesterday we spent a ____________________ afternoon by the river. PEACE

26. They often play sports. They are very…….…… (SPORT)

27. She’s a good student but she lacks ____________________ . CONFIDENT

28. Stephen Biko was an ____________________ supporter of the peace movement. ENERGY

29. In my……….…, there is a market, a clinic, a post office and a supermarket. (NEIGHBOR)

30. Air…….……is a big problem in the big cities. (POLLUTE)

III. Give the correct form of the verbs in brackets. Give your answers in the space provided. (1.0pts)

31. How long you ( wait ) . . . . . ………. . . .. . . . for me? – Just a few minutes.

32. What you ( do ) . . . . . . . . …….... . . . after you ( go ) . . …… . . . . . .. . . . home yesterday?

33. He often ( say ) . . . . . . . . .. . . . OK when he ( talk ) .. . . ….. . . .. . . . with the guests

34. Tom ( not come ) . . . . ………….. . . . .. . . . here tomorrow

35. Trees ( plant ) . . . .. . . . …….. . . . since it ( stop ) . . . . …….. . . .. . . . raining

36. Someone ( cut ) . . . ………... . .. . . . down all the trees in the garden

IV. Fill in the blanks with the correct prepositions (0.2 x 5 = 1.0 pts).

37. We always go……….…the city center…….……our own car.

38. I’d like to stay……….…home tonight. Is there anything interesting…….……T.V?

39. The Red River flows…..……..the Gulf of Tonkin.

40. John is often late…….……school but I’m always early.

41. Let’s listen…….……some music……….…the radio.

PART THREE- READING: (6.0 pts)

I- Circle best option A, B, C or D to complete the following passage (0.2 x 10 = 2.0 pts)

Kate has three (42) …………..a day: breakfast, lunch and dinner. She usually (43) ………….. breakfast at home. She has
bread, eggs and milk (44) …………..breakfast. (45)……..school, Lan and her friends always (46) …………..lunch at one
o’clock. They often have fish or meat, vegetables for lunch. Kate has dinner (47) ………….. her parents at home at 7
o’clock. They often have meat or fish, bread, chicken (48) …….. vegetables for dinner. After dinner, they eat (49)
………….. fruits or cakes. Kate (50) ………….. dinner because it is a big and happy meal of the day. Her family goes out
for dinner (51) ……….. a month.

42. A. breakfast B. lunch C. meals D. cooking

43. A. have B. has C. do D. does
44. A. on B. in C. to D. for

45. A. At B. In C. On D. For

46. A. has B. have C. having D. to have

47. A. to B. for C. with D. and

48. A. and B. or C. to D. in

49. A. a B. an C. any D. some

50. A. like B. likes C. to like D. not like

51. A. one B. one time C. once D. once time

II. Fill in each blank with ONE suitable word to complete the passage (4.0pts)

1. Dear Mai,
I am writing Ha Long Bay with my family (52) …….…June 12 th to 20th. (53) …….…you have a double room with a
shower for these days? How (54) ………..…is the room? We would like (55) ……..…room facing the sea if it is possible.
We (56) …..…eat meat but we (57) ………..…all other kinds of food.

We are arriving (58) ………..…Ha Long Bay (59) ……..…about six o’clock on Monday evening. We plan to leave the
hotel (60) ………..…Sunday morning.

I (61)… ………..forward to hearing from you soon.

Love, Nga

2. Well, I wasn’t worried when my son bought a computer. After all lots of children have parents
(62)_____don’t understand computers. But when my secretary asked me for a computer in _(63)_________ office,
I really became (64)______So I decided to take some lessons in computing and my son became my teacher. He was
very helpful. He invited me to sit down in_(65)__________ of the computer screen. I did not know what it
was_(66)______. When asked him what it was, he said that it was a VDU. I still didn’t know what a VDU was, but I
was too shy _(67)______him anymore. From that moment my memory refused to learn __(68)_____________he
told me a lot of things that I really _(69)________ understand at all. After a few lessons I began to feel tired. I made
_(70)________ excuse, saying that I _(71)__________ a headache. I suggested we should leave the lesson for
another day. Since then I haven’t said anything about the computer to my son and my secretary.

III- Read the following passage and choose the best answer. (0.2x 5=1.0pts)

Nhan and Huong want to know their friends’ favorite free time activities, so they are asking their friends about
what they like to do in their free time. Many of their friends say that usually eat and drink as well as chat with their
friends. They like to talk about many things around them: their teachers, their friends, their families as well as their
favorite musicians, singers, soccer players and movie stars. There are some popular activities after lessons at their
school such as: skipping rope, reading books and playing sports. At home, many of their friends say they like to
watch TV, listen to music or play computer games. They rarely go to the movies. Some of the girls like to go
shopping. Very few of their friends like to do English exercises on the Internet. Many of their friends don’t take part
in art, music club.

72. What do many of Nhan and Huong’s friends usually do in free time?

A. eat, drink and chat. B. go shopping C. go to the movie. D. do English exercises on the Internet.

73. What do their friends like to talk about?

A. their teachers, friends and families B. their favorite musician and singers

C. their favorite soccer players and movie stars D. many things around them

74. Which of the following activities is NOT popular with their friends at school?

A. Skipping rope B. Take part in art, music club

C. Reading books D. Playing sports

75. Which of the following activities is NOT popular with their friends at home?

A. Watching T.V B. Listening to music

C. Do English exercises on the Internet D. Playing computer games

76. What does the passage talk about?

A. Nhan and Huong’s friends B. Free time activities of Nhan and Huong’s friends

C. Nhan and Huong’s school D. Nhan and Huong’s pastimes

PART FOUR: WRITING. (5.0pts)

I- There is a mistake in each sentence. Find and correct it (5x 2 = 1,0pt)

77. Children shouldn’t playing video games.

->..................................................................................................................................

78. My house is between the tall trees.

->...................................................................................................................................

79. Would you want to go to the zoo with us?

->...................................................................................................................................

80. How much is that packet of milk cost?

->...................................................................................................................................

81. He never drinks coffee so it is not good for his health.

->..................................................................................................................................

II - Complete the second sentence, using the word given in brackets so that it has a similar meaning to the first
sentence. Do not change the word given in any way. (0.2 x10 = 2,0pts).

82. Her mother and she walk to school in the morning.

-> Her mother and she go...................................................................................................

83. How much is a bottle of water?

-> What..............................................................................................................................?

84. Let’s dance and sing a song.

-> What about....................................................................................................................?

85. No hotel on the street is newer than this hotel.

-> This hotel.......................................................................................................................

86. Does her school have twenty- three classrooms and eight hundred-eighty students?

-> Are.................................................................................................................................?

87. His house has a living- room, two bedrooms and a kitchen.

-> There...............................................................................................................................

88. What’s your brother’s weight?

->How................................................................................................................................?

89. This building belongs to my brother.

-> This is ............................................................................................................................

90. What time does Mai go to work?

-> When ............................................................................................................................?

91. How high is the Mount Everest?

-> What ...........................................................................................................................?

PART TWO – PHONETICS: (0.2 x10 = 2.0pts)

I- Choose one word with different pronunciation of the underlined part. Write A, B, C or D in the space provided.
(0.2 x 6 = 1.2pts)

5 B. says

6 B. who

6 C. listen

8 A. game

9 C. question

10 D. chemistry

II- Choose the word with different stress pattern. Write A, B, C or D in the space provided (0.2 x 4 = 0.8pt)

11 A. delicious

12 A. activity

13 C. cartoon

14 C. visit

PART TWO - VOCABULARY AND GRAMMAR. (0.2 X 30 = 6.0pts)

I- Circle the best answer A, B, C or D to complete the sentences: Write A, B, C or D in the box (2.0pts)

15. How…………. rice does he want?

A. many B. much C. any D. about

16. Superstitions still________ an important part of life for many people in Vietnam.
B. take B. play C. do D. give
17. Educated women are likely to get __________ jobs and become more important at home.

A. well-trained B. well-paid C. well-prepared D. well-educated

18. Some people think that married women ________ pursue a career.

A. shouldn’t B. might not C. mustn’t D. may not

19. You ________ pick those flowers. Don’t you see the sign?

A. can’t B. don’t need to C. mustn’t D. needn’t

20. What……….…going by bike to the pagoda?

 A. there B. sport C. about D. time

21. When _______ bride wears “something old”, it reminds her of her family and ________ past.

A. an / a B. a / a C. the / the D. a / the

22. This ceremony is known under different names.

B. clever B. fortunate C. traditional D. numerous
23. I don’t have………….apples but I have………….oranges.

A. any- any B. some- any C. some- some D. any- some

24. Don’t throw trash into the river. It……….…water

A. plows B. saves C. damages D. pollutes

II. Write the correct form of the words given in capital letters write the answers in the box (2.0pts)

25. Her birthday is on the……twentieth ….…of September. (TWENTY)

26. There are five…knives….……in the kitchen. (KNIFE)

27. There are a lot of interesting…activities….……in the summer. (ACT)

28. It was the bird’s first _______flight_____________ from the nest. FLY

29. Yesterday we spent a ________peaceful____________ afternoon by the river. PEACE

30. They often play sports. They are very…….sporty…… (SPORT)

31. She’s a good student but she lacks _________confidence___________ . CONFIDENT

32. Stephen Biko was an energetic supporter of the peace movement. ENERGY

33. In my…neighborhood…….…, there is a market, a clinic, a post office and a supermarket. (NEIGHBOR)

34. Air…….pollution……is a big problem in the big cities. (POLLUTE)

III. Give the correct form of the verbs in brackets. Give your answers in the space provided. (1.0pts)

35. How long you ( wait ) . . . have you waited. . ………. . . .. . . . for me? – Just a few minutes.

36. What you ( do ) . . . . .did you do . . . …….... . . . after you ( go ) . . ……had gone . . . . . .. . . . home yesterday?

37. He often ( say ) . . . . . . says. . .. . . . OK when he ( talk ) .. . . talks….. . . .. . . . with the guests

38. Tom ( not come ) . . . . …wont come……….. . . . .. . . . here tomorrow

39. Trees ( plant ) . . . .. . has been planted. . …….. . . . since it ( stop ) . . . . stopped…….. . . .. . . . raining

40. Someone ( cut ) . . . ……has cut…... . .. . . . down all the trees in the garden
IV. Fill in the blanks with the correct prepositions (0.2 x 5 = 1.0 pts).

40. We always go……….…the city center…….……our own car.

41. I’d like to stay……….…home tonight. Is there anything interesting…….……T.V?

42. The Red River flows…..……..the Gulf of Tonkin.

43. John is often late…….……school but I’m always early.

44. Let’s listen…….……some music……….…the radio.

40.to- by 41. at- on 42. into 43. for

54.to- in

PART FOUR- READING: (6. 0 pts)

I- Circle best option A, B, C or D to complete the following passage (0.2 x 10 = 2.0 pts)

Kate has three (45) …………..a day: breakfast, lunch and dinner. She usually (46) ………….. breakfast at home. She has
bread, eggs and milk (47) ………….. breakfast. (48) ………….. school, Lan and her friends always (49) ………….. lunch at
one o’clock. They often have fish or meat, vegetables for lunch. Kate has dinner (50) ………….. her parents at home
at 7 o’clock. They often have meat or fish, bread, chicken (51) ………….. vegetables for dinner. After dinner, they eat
(52) ………….. fruits or cakes. Kate (53) ………….. dinner because it is a big and happy meal of the day. Her family goes
out for dinner (54) ………….. a month.

45. A. breakfast B. lunch C. meals D. cooking

46. A. have B. has C. do D. does

47. A. on B. in C. to D. for

48. A. At B. In C. On D. For

49. A. has B. have C. having D. to have

50. A. to B. for C. with D. and

51. A. and B. or C. to D. in

52. A. a B. an C. any D. some

53. A. like B. likes C. to like D. not like

54. A. one B. one time C. once D. once time

II. Fill in each blank with ONE suitable word to complete the passage (4.0pts)

Dear Mai,
I am writing Ha Long Bay with my family (55) ………..…June 12 th to 20th. (56) ………..…you have a double room with a
shower for these days? How (57) ………..…is the room? We would like (58) ………..…room facing the sea if it is
possible. We (59) ………..…eat meat but we (60) ………..…all other kinds of food.

We are arriving (61) ………..…Ha Long Bay (62) ………..…about six o’clock on Monday evening. We plan to leave the
hotel (63) ………..…Sunday morning.

I (64)… ………..forward to hearing from you soon.

Love

Nga

55. from 56. Do 57. much

58. a 59. can’t 60. like

61. to 62. at 63. on

64. look/ am looking

2. Well, I wasn’t worried when my son bought a computer. After all lots of children have parents
(1)_____don’t understand computers. But when my secretary asked me for a computer in _(2)_________ office, I
really became (3)______So I decided to take some lessons in computing and my son became my teacher. He was
very helpful. He invited me to sit down in_(4)__________ of the computer screen. I did not know what it
was_(5)______. When asked him what it was, he said that it was a VDU. I still didn’t know what a VDU was, but I
was too shy _(6)______him anymore. From that moment my memory refused to learn __(7)_____________he told
me a lot of things that I really _(8)________ understand at all. After a few lessons I began to feel tired. I made
_(9)________ excuse, saying that I _(10)__________ a headache. I suggested we should leave the lesson for
another day. Since then I haven’t said anything about the computer to my son and my secretary.

1. who 2. The 3. worried 4. front 5.. called 6. to ask 7. Because

8. Didn’t 9. an 10. Had

III- Read the following passage and choose the best answer. (0.2x 5=1.0pts)

Nhan and Huong want to know their friends’ favorite free time activities, so they are asking their friends about
what they like to do in their free time. Many of their friends say that usually eat and drink as well as chat with their
friends. They like to talk about many things around them: their teachers, their friends, their families as well as their
favorite musicians, singers, soccer players and movie stars. There are some popular activities after lessons at their
school such as: skipping rope, reading books and playing sports. At home, many of their friends say they like to
watch TV, listen to music or play computer games. They rarely go to the movies. Some of the girls like to go
shopping. Very few of their friends like to do English exercises on the Internet. Many of their friends don’t take part
in art, music club.

65. What do many of Nhan and Huong’s friends usually do in free time?

A. eat, drink and chat. B. go shopping

 C. go to the movie. D. do English exercises on the Internet.

66. What do their friends like to talk about?

A. their teachers, friends and families B. their favorite musician and singers

C. their favorite soccer players and D. many things around them

movie stars

67. Which of the following activities is NOT popular with their friends at school?

A. Skipping rope B. Take part in art, music club

C. Reading books D. Playing sports

68. Which of the following activities is NOT popular with their friends at home?

A. Watching T.V B. Listening to music

C. Do English exercises on the Internet D. Playing computer games

69. What does the passage talk about?

A. Nhan and Huong’s friends B. Free time activities of Nhan and Huong’s friends

C. Nhan and Huong’s school D. Nhan and Huong’s pastimes

65. A 66. D 67. B 68. C 69. B

PART FIVE: WRITING. (5.0pts)

I- There is a mistake in each sentence. Find and correct it (5x 2 = 1,0pt)

70. Children shouldn’t playing video games.

->..................................play...................................................................................

71. My house is between the tall trees.

->.......................among..........................................................................................

72. Would you want to go to the zoo with us?

->......................like.................................................................................................

73. How much is that packet of milk cost?

->....................does..................................................................................................

74. He never drinks coffee so it is not good for his health.

->.......................................because..........................................................................
II - Complete the second sentence, using the word given in brackets so that it has a similar meaning to the first
sentence. Do not change the word given in any way.

(0.2 x10 = 2,0pts).

75. Her mother and she walk to school in the morning.

-> Her mother and she go to school in the morning on foot.

76. How much is a bottle of water?

-> What is the price of a bowl of water?

77. Let’s dance and sing a song.

-> What about dancing and singing a song?

78. No hotel on the street is newer than this hotel.

-> This hotel is the newest on the street.

79. Does her school have twenty- three classrooms and eight hundred-eighty students?

-> Are there twenty- three classrooms and eight hundred- eighty students in her school?

80. His house has a living- room, two bedrooms and a kitchen.

-> There is a living- room, two bedrooms and a kitchen in his house.

81. What’s your brother’s weight?

->How heavy is your brother?

82. This building belongs to my brother.

-> This is my brother’s building.

83. What time does Mai go to work?

-> When does Mai go to work?

84. How high is the Mount Everest?

-> What is the height of the Mount Everest?

III. Write a composition (about 80 words) to describe about your mother. (2.0 pts)

(don’t show your name, your school or your village)

The essay must have at least three ideas below.

1. Mở bài: Giới thiệu được về mẹ của em. (được 0,5 điểm)

2. Thân bài: Nêu được hình dáng, tính cách, nghề nghiệp, tuổi tác của mẹ và mẹ thường chăm sóc em như thế nào
(được 1 điểm).

3. Kết luận: Nói được tình cảm của em với mẹ. (được 0,5 điểm)

SECTION 2: PHONETICS. III. Choose the word whose underlined part is pronounced differently from the rest by
circling the corresponding letter A, B, C or D. (1,2 point) 1 A. plays B. says C. days D. stays 2 A. what B. who C. where
D. when 3 A. sport B. start C. listen D. eat 4 A. game B. geography C. vegetable D. change 5 A. station B. intersection
C. question D. invitation 6 A. teacher B. children C. lunch D. chemistry IV. Choose the word with different stress
pattern. Write A, B, C or D in the space provided (0.8pt) 7 A. delicious B. difficult C. dangerous D. different 8 A.
activity B. badminton C. basketball D. aerobics 9 A. sandwich B. chocolate C. cartoon D. toothpaste 10 A. correct B.
receive C. visit D. unload Write your answer here 1 __________ 2___________ 3___________ 4 _________ 5
_________ 6 __________ 7___________ 8___________ 9_________ 10_________ SECTION 3: VOCABULARY &
GRAMMAR. V. Choose the best answer to complete each sentence, identify your answer by circling the
corresponding letter A, B, C, or D. )(4.0 points) 1. You can watch Harry Potter on TV ________ you can read it. A. so
B. and C. but D. or 2. “- ________ a nice T-shirt, Trang!” _ “ Thank you” A. How B. What C. Which D. It 3. “-
________ films have you seen this week ?” _ “ Only one” A. How many B. What C. Which D. Who 4. There aren’t
________ good films on TV at the moment A. some B. any C. much D. a lot 5. If we cut down more trees, there
________ more floods. A. are B. were C. have been D. will be 6. That is ________ book I’ve ever read. A. the borest
B. the boring C. the most boring D. the most bored 7. The opposite of "polluted " is .................... A. fresh B. good C.
dirty D. safe 8.We should use reusable water bottles ___________ of plastic ones. A. instead B. because C. despite
D. however 9. In the future, we won’t go on holiday to the beach but we ________ go on holiday to the moon. A.
must B. can’t C. might D. won’t 10. ________ you swim when you were ten? A. Can B. Could C. Will D. Might

Xem nội dung đầy đủ tại: https://123doc.org/document/4418944-de-thi-hoc-sinh-gioi-tieng-anh-lop-6-chuong-

trinh-moi-2016-2017.htm

. Fill in each blank with ONE suitable word. (2.0 points) My brother lives in Ho Chi Minh city. He (1)___________ a
teacher of math. He goes to work (2)_________Monday to Saturday. The school starts (3) __________7.00 in the
morning and (4) __________ at eleven fifty. After work, he comes back (5) __________ and has lunch at a (6)
__________ past twelve. In the afternoon, he (7) _________the housework and plays games. In the (8)
___________ he has dinner at 6.00. After dinner he watches T.V or (9)________ books. He goes to bed at half (10)
__________ eleven. Write your answer here 1 __________ 2___________ 3___________ 4 _________ 5
_________ 6 __________ 7___________ 8___________ 9_________ 10_________

XI. Read the following passage, then answer the questions by circling A, B, C or D. (1.0 pt)

Nhan and Huong want to know their friends’ favorite free time activities, so they are asking their friends about
what they like to do in their free time. Many of their friends say that usually eat and drink as well as chat with their
friends. They like to talk about many things around them: their teachers, their friends, their families as well as their
favorite musicians, singers, soccer players and movie stars. There are some popular activities after lessons at their
school such as: skipping rope, reading books and playing sports. At home, many of their friends say they like to
watch TV, listen to music or play computer games. They rarely go to the movies. Some of the girls like to go
shopping. Very few of their friends like to do English exercises on the Internet. Many of their friends don’t take part
in art, music club.

1. What do many of Nhan and Huong’s friends usually do in free time?

A. eat, drink and chat. B. go shopping C. go to the movie. D. do English exercises on the Internet.

2. What do their friends like to talk about?

A. their teachers, friends and families B. their favorite musician and singers C. their favorite soccer players and D.
many things around them movie stars

3. Which of the following activities is NOT popular with their friends at school?

A. Skipping rope B. Take part in art, music club C. Reading books D. Playing sports

4. Which of the following activities is NOT popular with their friends at home?
A. Watching T.V B. Listening to music C. Do English exercises on the Internet D. Playing computer games

5. What does the passage talk about? A. Nhan and Huong’s friends B. Free time activities of Nhan and Huong’s
friends C. Nhan and Huong’s school D. Nhan and Huong’s pastimes

Write your answer here 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. SECTION 5: WRITING XII. Rewrite each of the following sentences in such a way
that it means the same as the fir

Xem nội dung đầy đủ tại: https://123doc.org/document/4418944-de-thi-hoc-sinh-gioi-tieng-anh-lop-6-chuong-

trinh-moi-2016-2017.htm
PART 5. Fill in the blanks with the correct prepositions. (1,0 pt)

1. I live only a few yard.........the bus stop.

2. Last week I played with Duy and I won........the first time.

3. I'd like to stay...........home tonight. Is there anything interesting.......TV?

4. A few people are............. The mountain and they are......... danger.

5. Take Bus 16 and get get......at Hoa Binh Park.

6. My father always goes to work............ his own car.

7. He's not very good.......................repairing things.

8. Ocean life is......at 7:30 Laughing out Loud will follow, at 8:00.

SECTION C. READING (4.5 points)

Part I. Choose the best option (a,b,c or d)to complete the passage. (2.points)

What do you do if you want to (1)............ a book in a library? If you know the author's (2)............, go to the
author catalogue. Find the title of the book (3)............ check the shelf mark. Make a note of this before you
look(4)..................the appropriate shelf. If you do not know the author's name, go to the (5)...................
Catalogue. If there (6)................ no title catalogue in the library, go to the subject catalogue. Check all the
titles which are under the (7)........... you want. Then check the appropriate card, as with the author
catalogue. Next look for the book on the shelf. Let the librarian stamp it (8).................... you take it out of
the library. If the book isn't on the shelf, ask the librarian to get it for you.

1. A. find B. look C. take D. make

2. A. address B. title C. name D. age

3. A. and B. or C. but D. so

4. A. at B. for C. after D. on
5. A. title B. author C. subject D. shelf

6. A. be B. are C. is D. was

7. A. subject B. book C. index D. title

8. A. after B. before C. when D. if

Part II. Put a word in each gap in the following postcard. (1points)

Fansipan is the highest peak of Vietnam, Laos and Cambodia, so it is called "the Roof of Indochina" while
the local (1).............call it Huasipan. Huasipan means large tottering rock.

Fansipan is 3,143 metres (2)...........It is in Lao Cai Province, nine kilometres southwest of Sa Pa Town
(3)...........the Hoang Lien Son mountain range.

Fansipan is now one of the very few eco-tourist spots of Vietnam, with about 2,024 varieties of plants and
327 types of animal and insects. Many tourist (4).............the mountain every year. If you climb the
mountain from the end of February to march, you (5)...........have a chance to admire the beautiful blooming
flowers in many different colors.

SECTION D. WRITING (3 points)

Part I. Finish each of the following sentences in such a way that it means exactly the same as the sentence
printed before it. (2.0 points).

1. It is essential that you do your homework before going to school.

You must.............................................................

2. It is necessary for us to be present at the class discussion on Saturday.

We must..................................................................

3. Hanoi is large, Bangkok is large and Tokyo is the largest.

Tokyo is........................................................................

4. It is wrong of us to throw rubbish..

We mustn't................................................................

5. How many apples does she want?

How many apples would......................................?

6. Learning how to use a computer is very easy

It is.......................................................................
7. He drives very carefully.

He is..................................................................

8. Students at our school take part in a lot of outdoor activities

Students at our school do...............................................................

9. I find it difficult to find a better solution to that problem.

I have...........................................................................................................................

10. Lan is the oldest of the three sisters

Lan has............................................................................................................

Part II. Write about (90 – 100 words) to say about your house. (1 Points) (Không được viết tên thật vào bài)

VIII. Đặt câu hỏi cho thành phần được gạch dưới :

1. Linh has milk and eggsfor breakfast .

2. My father has lunch at home.

3. Mai’s brother wants a glass of orange juice.

4. Miss Thu needs a kilo oftea.

5. Dung wants fiveboxes of chocolate.

6. He goes to the cinema once a week.

7. Lan is going to live in China.

8. They are going to bring me some flowers.

9. Miss Hoa is going to stay in a hotel tonight.

10. The Mekong Riveris the longest river in Viet Nam.

11. He speaks French.

12. I am from Japan.

13. A kilo is twenty thousand dongs.

14. She is going to stay at hometomorrow.

IX. Đặt câu hỏi cho các câu trả lời sau:
art IV. Each sentence below contains an error. Underline it and write the correct answer in the space
provided. (2.0 points)

1. I have learnt how swim since 2010.

2. She has worked for this bank since she leaves university.

3. What sweet voice you have!

4. I go to the school library to borrow books twice.

5. Could you tell me the way to the post office?

6. I received a letter to my friend last week.

7. I have gone to Singapore three times.

8. My brother can't swim, so he is afraid of water.

9. Don't eat toomuch salt because it is not good to you.

10.- "Which is the most expensive city in the world?" - "I think it's Tokyo."

SECTION B. PHONETICS (2.0 points)

Choose the word in each group that has the underlined part pronounced differently from the rest

1. A. both B. honey C. telephone D. noboby

2. A. child B. sunshine C. night D. dinner

3. A. teacher B. chalk C. match D. chemistry

4. A. homeland B. household C. hour D. however

5. A. cheeks B. hands C. elbows D. fingers

6. A. both B. teeth C. smooth D. fourth

7. A. weather B. healthy C. clothing D. breathe

8. A. though B. thank C. think D. thin

9. A. southern B. neither C. there D. third

10. A. author B. those C. width D. thing

 TEST 1

Question I: Fill in the blank with one suitable word: (2m)

family comes watches cleaning

talking are go market

My sister and I (1) ______________ to school in the morning and come home in the afternoon. Our mother goes to
the (2) ______________ at half past seven. She gets food for the

(3) _____________ Our father (4) ____________ home at six everyday. He (5) _____________ television in the
evening. Today is Sunday. We are at home, and we are (6) ______________ our house. We are working and (7)
______________ . We (8) ______________ having a good time at home.

Question II. Put the verbs into correct tense or form: (2 ms)

1. He still (do) ______________ our work now. But he will go ______________ with you when he (finish)
______________ it.

2. On my way home I often (meet) _____________ many children who (go) _____________ to school.

3. The sun (rise) ______________ in the east and (set) ______________ in the west.

4. Mary (not work) ______________ today because it's Sunday.

5. 4. My father and I (visit) ______________ Ha Long Bay this summer vacation.

Question III. Circle the best answer A, B or C to complete each of the following sentences

(2 pts)
 1. Mexico City is _______ city in the world.

A. biger B. big C. bigger D. the biggest

2. My brother and I _______ our grandmother next weekend.

A. visit B. am going to visit C. am visiting D. are going to visit

3. We go to the movies____ Sunday evening.

A. to B. at C. on D. for

4. There is _______ milk in the glass.

A. a B. any C. some D. the

5. She has_______ .

A. a long black hair B. a black long hair C. A hair long black D. long black hair

6. Many Asian animals are ______ danger.

A. in B. on C. at D. of

7. I feel lonely because I have______ friends there.

A. a little B. a few C. little D. few

8. ______ boy in the corner is my friend.

A. The B. An C. A D. Ø

Question IV. Insert the correct form of the words in brackets: (2 ms)

Ex: My mother is a______________ of English. (TEACH)

My mother is a teacher of English.

1. Her father is a______________ (FARM)

2. She sent her best wishes for my future______________ . (HAPPY)

3. He was punished for his______________ . (LAZY)

4. We like going in his car as he is a______________ driver. (CARE)

5. AIDS is a______________ disease. (DANGER)

6. She looks______________ in her new coat. (ATTRACT)

7. He turns out to be the______________ student in his class. (GOOD)

 8. Nam is always (BUSINESS)
______________

Question V. Rewrite the sentences in a way that is has similar meaning to the original sentences: (1 ms)

1. Mai is not as tall as Lan.

→ Lan is. .......................................................................................................

2. The black car is cheaper than the red car.

→The red car ............................................................................................................

3. This film is more interesting than that one.

→That film is ............................................................................................................

4. Our school has 1600 students.

There are ………………………..........................................................................

Question VI. Read the passage and decide if the statements are True (T) or False (F). (1pts)

Miss Lien lives in a small house in Hanoi. She teaches English at a school there. She usually has breakfast at seven in
the morning and she has lunch at twelve o'clock in the canteen of the school. She teaches her students in the
morning. She teaches them dialogues on Wednesdays and Fridays. On Mondays, she teaches them grammar. In the
evening, she usually stays at home and listens to music. She sometimes goes to the movie theatre. She always goes
to bed at ten o'clock.

0. __F____ Miss Lien lives in a big house and teaches English at a school in Hanoi.

1. ______ She usually has breakfast at 7.30 in the morning and has lunch at home at 12 o'clock.

2. ______ She teaches her students dialogues on Mondays, Wednesdays and Fridays.

3. ______ She usually stays at home in the evening and goes to bed at 9.

4. ______ Sometimes she goes to the movie theatre.

5.
Key and mark

Question 1: (2 ms)

1. there; 2. one; 3. is; 4. for;

5. can; 6. houses; 7. buildings; 8. things

Question 2: : (2 ms)

1. My sister finished school in 1979 and has been a student since then.

2. What was she still doing when she went to bed last night?

3. We have to wait for her because she is busy cooking dinner now.

4. My car was repaired last Monday and the mechanic told me to get it two days later.

Question III: (2 ms)

1. She enjoyed the peaceful atmosphere.

2. Hoa is the most intelligent girl in her class.

3. Hanoi people were friendly.

4. Today the weather is fine and sunny.

Question IV: (2 ms)

1. Peter is not old enough see the horror films.

2. He thinks it is easy to learn English.

3. Jack is the tallest (student) in the class.

4. Nam told Loan if she could pick him up at his house.

Question V: (2 ms)

1. Very happy/ get/ your/ mail

I am very happy to get your mail.

2. I/ just / back/ from/ holiday/ countryside

I have just come back from my/the holiday in the countryside.

3. It is one of the most interesting trips I have had.

4. I played a lot of traditional games and ate fresh food. What about you?

5. Please write to me as soon as possible

TEST 2
I- Choose one word whose underlined part is pronounced differently from the others in each following line.

1.A. game B. geography C. vegetable D. change

2.A. read B. teacher C. eat D. ahead

3.A. tenth B. math C. brother D. theater

4.A. engineer B. between C. teeth D. greeting

5.A. intersection B. eraser C. bookstore D. history

II- Choose the best correct answer ( marked A,B,C or D ) to complete the following sentences

6. Fall means ........................ in British English.

A. Summer B. Winter C. Autumn D. Spring

7. What does Lien do when .................. warm ?

A. there’s B. it’s C. its D. they’re

8. It’s cold in our country ................ the winter.

A. at B. on C. of D. in

9. Tan likes ................... weather because he can go swimming.

A. hot B. cold C. windy D. foggy

10. How often do you do morning exercises in the morning ?

A. I sometimes do B. Yes, I do C. I like it D. I play soccer

11. ...................... straight across the road.

A. Don’t run B. Not run C. No run D. Can’t run

12. I hope the .................... can repair our car quickly.

A. mechanic B. reporter C. architect D. dentist

13. The Bakers ..................... dinner at the moment.

A. is having B. are having C. are eating D. is eating

14. Look ................... that strange man. He is looking ..............Lan but she isn’t here.

A. for, at B. at, for C. at, at D. at, on

15. Count .............one ................one hundred, please.

A. on, to B. to, on C. from, to D. at, to

III- Complete the sentences with the correct form of the verbs in brackets.

16. How much fruit ……….that farmer (produce)....................every year?

17. We (waste) ............................ too much power at the moment.

18. He (buy) ............................ a new house next month ?

19. The Nile River is the longest river in the world and it (flow) …………..... to the Mediterranean Sea.

20. Mr. and Mrs. Thinh ( not grow ) ................................... vegetables in their garden.

IV- Fill one suitable word in each gap to complete the following passage.

We are destroying the Earth. The seas and rivers are (21)......... dirty to swim in. There (22)............ too smoke
in the air in many cities in the world, we are cutting (23)...........too many trees. We (24) ............ burning the forests.
We are also destroying (25)............ of plants and (26)......... . Many areas(27)...........Earth are wasteland. Farmers in
many parts of the world can not (28) ........... enough to eat. In some countries (29).......... is too little rice. The Earth
is in (30).......... . Save the Earth.

V- Give the correct form of the words in brackets to complete the following sentences. ( 31. Don’t make a fire
here. It’s very ...................... . danger

32. Air .................... is a big problem in many cities in the world. pollute

33. There are a lot of .................... mountains in VietNam. beauty

34. I’m Vietnamese. What’s your .......................... ? nation

35. We must be ................... when we cross the road.

care
VI- Rewrite these sentences that it means the same as the sentence printed before it.

36. My room is smaller than your room.

Your room is ____________________________________________________

37. Mr. Hung drives very carefully.

Mr. Hung is ___________________________________________________
__
38. Does Phong’s school have forty classrooms ?

Are ____________________________________________________________?

39. Does your father cycle to work?

Does your father get ____________________________________________
___?
40. How much does a box of chocolates cost?
What ___________________________________________________________?
41. Nam likes tea.
Nam’s favorite _________________________________________________
__
42. The Mekong River is longer than the Red River.

The Red River is __________________________________________________

43. How much is a bowl of noodles ?

How much does ___________________________________________________?

44. What is the height of that building?

How _____________________________________________________________

45. What is the price of a cake and an orange ?

How much ________________________________________________________?

VII . Using the words given to make sentences. ()

46. Quang / brother / walk / movie theater / moment.

47. Ba / usually / play volleyball / but / sometimes / sailing.
48. The Barkers / never / camping / because / not have / tent.
49. Where / your parents / moment ?
50. There / be / house / between / tree / garage.
VIII. Read the passage and choose the correct answer to fill in the gap.

I live in a house near the sea. It is ...(51)... old house, about 100 years old and...(52)... very small. There are
two bed rooms upstairs...(53)... no bathroom. The bathroom is down stairs ... (54)... the kitchen and there is a living
room where there is a lovely old fire place. There is a garden….(5)…... the house. The garden...(56)... down to the
beach and in spring and summer.....(57)….. flowers every where. I like alone….(58)..... my dog, Reck, but we have a
lot of visitors. My city friends often stay with…..(59)…..

I love my house for.... (60).... reasons the garden, the flowers in summer, the weather in fall, but the best thing is
the view from my bedroom window.

51. A. a B. an C. the D. any

 52. A. It's B. It C. there's D. They're

53. A. and B. or C. but D. too

54. A. between B. next C. near to D. next to

55. A. in front B. front of C. of front in D. in front of

56. A. go B. going C. goes D. in goes

57. A. there are B. they are C. there are D. those are

58. A. for B. of C. on D. with

59. A. me B. I C. my D. I'm

60. A. a B. any C. many D. a lot

--------------The end--------------

I. (2.5 điểm). Mỗi câu đúng cho 0,5 điểm.

1. A 2. D 3. C 4. A 5. B

II. (5 điểm). Mỗi câu đúng cho 0,5 điểm

6. C 7. B 8. D 9. A 10. A

11. A 12. A 13. C 14. B 15. C

III. (2,5 điểm). Mỗi câu động từ đúng cho 0,5 điểm.

16…..does the farmer produce………..?

17. are wasting…………

18. Are you going to / Will you buy………………?

19. flows

20. ……….don’t grow ……………….

IV. (10 điểm). Mỗi câu đúng cho 1 điểm.

21. too 22. is 23. down 24. are 25. a lot

 26. animals 27. of 28. have 29. there 30. danger.

V. (5 điểm). Mỗi câu đúng cho 1 điểm

31. dangerous 32. pollution 33. beautiful

34. nationanity 35. careful

VI. (15 điểm). Mỗi câu đúng cho 1,5 điểm.

36. Your room is bigger than my room

37. Mr. Hung is a careful driver

38. Are there forty classrooms in Phong’s school ?

39. Does your father get to work by bicycle / bike ?

40. What is the price of a box of chocolates ?

41. Nam’s favorite drink is tea.

42. The Red River is shorter than Mekong River

43. How much does a bowl of noodle cost ?

44. How high is that building ?

45. How much do a cake and an orange cost ? ? How much are a cake and an orange ?

VII. (5 điểm). Mỗi câu đúng cho 1 điểm

46. Quang’s brother is walking to the movie theater at the moment

Quang and his brother are walking to…………………

47. Ba usaully plays volleyball but sometimes goes sailing

48. The Barkers never go camping because they don’t have a tent.

49. Where are your parents at the moment ?

50. There is a house between tree and garage.

VIII. (5 điểm). Mỗi câu đúng cho 0,5 điểm.

51. B 52. A 53. C 54. D 55. D

56. C 57. C 58. D 59. A 60. C

 TEST 3

PRONUNCIATION

Choose the word having the underlined letters pronounced differently from the others
1. A. call B. fall C. shall D. wall

2. A. clown B. down C. own D. town

3. A. above B. glove C. love D. move

4. A. cow B. show C. know D. throw

5. A. clear B. dear C. hear D. pear

6. A. thank B. that C. this D. those

7. A. cost B. most C. post D. roast

8. A. arm B. charm C. farm D. warm

9. A. come B. home C. some D. none

10. A. cow B. now C. how D. show

VOCABULARY AND GRAMMAR

I. Choose the best answer to fill each blank
1. It’s twelve o’clock, Nam. Let’s……..home.

A. go B. to go C. going D. goes

2. Tuan and I……..badminton in the yard.

A. playing B. is playing C. are playing D. am playing

3. This sign says “stop!”. We ……..go straight ahead.

A. can B. don’t can C. must D. must not

4. They are going to New York……..plane.

A. in B. by C. with D. writes

5. Nam is ……..something on his book.

A. writing B. written C. wrote D. writes

6. Are there……..stores on your street?

A. a B. an C. any D. the
7. My sister and I……..television in the living room now.

A. am watching B. are watching C. is watching D. watching

8. ……..do you go to school? – I go there on foot.

A. how B. by what C. how many D. how by

9. “Does Tom play volleyball?” - “No, …..”

A. she not plays B. she don’t C. she isn’t D. she doesn’t

10. How many floors …….in your school?

A. there are B. there has C. are there D. have there

II. Fill in each blank with the suitable given word.

There are four (1)…… in a year. (2)….. are spring, summer, fall and winter. In the (3)……., the weather is usually
warm. Sometimes it is cold (4)…. not very cold. There are (5)…. flowers in the spring. In the summer, the day is long
and the night is (6)…. People often (7)… swimming in this season. The fall is the season (8)… fruits. In the (9)…, it is
usually very cold. The day is short and the (10)…. is long.
1. A. weather B. seasons C. activities D. months

2. A. It B. What C. They D. The

3. A. summer B. autumn C. fall D. spring

4. A. but B. and C. in D. too

5. A. many B. much C. two D. lots

6. A. long B. short C. fat D. tall

7. A. go B. do C. play D. skip

8. A. on B. of C. at D. in

9. A. summer B. fall C. winter D. spring

10. A. afternoon B. morning C. dinner D. night

III. Complete the following sentences with an appropriate form of the word in brackets

1. There are four……………….in my house (BOOKSHELF).

2. The photocopy is between the ……………….and the drugstore (BAKE).

3. Is your brother an…………………? (ACT).

4. Mai’s sister is a…………………(SING).

5. We must be …………………when we cross the road (CARE).

 6. This tree has a lot of green …………………(LEAF).

7. Is your father a…………………(BUSINESS).

8. I’m Vietnamese. What’s your…………………?(NATION).

9. Air …………………is a big problem in many cities in the world (POLLUTE).

10. Yoko is from Japan. She is …………………(JAPAN).

WRITING
What can you do to help your mother at weekend? (100 words)

…………………………………………..………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..
……………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………..……………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………..……………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………..……………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………..……………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………..……………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………..……………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………..……………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………..……………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………..……………………………………………………………………………………

- The end-

TEST 4

Question I: Vocabulary and grammar: Circled the letters (a, b, c, d) before the right words or phrases to complete
the following sentences: (2ms)
 1. “………………………….. this week?” “No, she’s on holiday.”

a. Is Susan working b. Does Susan work c. Does work Susan d. Has Susan worked

2. I’m ……………………….. with the result.

a. please b. pleasing c. pleasant d. pleased

3. . ……………………………… I carry that bag for you? Thanks.

a. Do b. Shall c. Will d. Would

4. Our new car is smaller, so it uses……………………….. petrol.

a. more b. fewer c. less d. little

5. My birthday is …………………………………….. February 2nd.

a. in b. on c. at d. since

6. Nylon ……………………… in 1930s.

a. invented b. is invented c. was invented d. has been invented

7. a. It isn’t enough funny for him to repeat. b. It isn’t funny enough for him repeating.

c. It isn’t funny enough to him to repeat. d. It isn’t funny enough for him to repeat.

8. “What will you do tomorrow?” – In reported speech, we say:

a. He asked me what will you do tomorrow.

b. He asked me what I would do the following day.

c. He asked me what I would do tomorrow.

d. He asked me what I would do the next day.

Question II. put the verbs into correct tense or form: (2 ms)

1. My sister (finish)………………………….. school in 1979 (be)…………………………. a student since then.

2. What……………….. she still (do)…….………………… when she ( go)………..…. to bed last night?

3. It’s a waste of time (wait) …….. for her because she is busy (cook) ……………..dinner now.

4. I had the mechanic (repair) ………………my car. He told me (get)…………………… it two days later.

Question III. Insert the correct form of the words in brackets: (2 ms)

5. She enjoyed the ……………………………. atmosphere. (peace)

6. Hoa is the most……………………….………. girl in her class. (beauty)

 7. Hanoi people were ………………………………………. (friend)

8. Today the weather is fine and ………..……………….(sun)

Question IV. Rewrite the sentences in a way that is has similar meaning to the original sentences: (2 ms)

1. Peter is too young to see the horror films.

Peter is not ………………………………………………………………………

2. He thinks learning English is easy.

He thinks it is…………………………………………………………………….……

3. No one in the class is as tall as Jack.

Jack is …………………………………………………………………………

4. Nam said to Loan:” Can you pick me up at my house tonight?”

Nam told Loan…………………………………………………………

Question V. Write a letter of reply, using the suggested words: (2 ms)

1. Very happy/ get/ your/ mail

I am very happy to get your mail.

2. I/ just / back/ from/ holiday/ countryside

………………………...................…………………….……………

3. It/ one/ most/ interesting/ trip/ have

…………………………………..................…………………………………….……………

4. I/ play/ lot/ traditional games/ eat/ fresh/ food. What about you?

……………...............................……………………………………………………………

5. Please/ write/ me/ soon/ possible

…………..............................…………………………………………….……………

TEST 5
I. Odd one out. (20)

1. hot cold Cool weather warm

2. fall spring season winter summer

3. soccer fishing jogging swimming camping

4. often winter always usually sometimes

5. on at my by in

6. what where when why weekend

7. big small beautiful long house

8. train friends plane motorbike car

9. drugstore bank by supermarket house

10. travel walk go noisy listen

II. Correct the tense and form of the verbs (10)

Son (be)….. from Vietnam. He (speak)………..Vietnamese. He can (speak)…… English, too. He (live)……with his
family in Ho Chi Minh City. He often (go) ……….. to school on Sundays to practice his English. Tomorrow (be)…….
Sunday. He (walk)…… to school tomorrow. Now he (read)………. a book.

III. There is one mistake in each sentence. Find the mistake and correct it.(20)

1. Ba live in a house in the country.

2. I live in a apartment in Ho Chi Minh city

3. There is the supermarket near my house

4. These people live in Son Tay Street

5. There isn’t any post office near here. ...........................................................................................

6. Are there a flower garden behind the house?

7. There is a temple old near our school. ...........................................................................................

8. What color is Laura’s eyes? ...........................................................................................

9. Nga is the taller girl in my class. ...........................................................................................

10. Which language do you speak good? ...........................................................................................

IV. Choose the best anwer. (20)

1. There …………. twenty classrooms in my school.

A. is B. are C. do D. be

2. How ………….. books are there in the desk?

A. old B. much C. are D. many

3. ………….. does your father do? – Ha is a doctor.

A. what B. Which C. Who D. Where

4. Mr. Brown is 55, but Miss White is 18. So Miss White is……………

A. old B. young C. not young D. not old

5. Do they have…………… things to drink?

A. many B. any C. a D. an

6. She wants a …………………. of chocolates.

A. can B. tube C. box D. bottle

7. Can you go to the store …………….. me?

A. to B. on C. of D. for

8. What would you …………….. for breakfast?

A. want B. do C. like D. eat

9. There is ……………. meat on the table.

A. any B. some C. two D. many

10. Are there any…………….?

A. milk B. rice C. noodles D. water.

V. Rewrite the sentences , keeping the meaning as the same as printed befor e(20)

1. Huyen walk to school everyday.

Huyen goes…………………………………………………..............

2. Does your school have over 800 pupils?

 ………………………………………………..........................

3. This exercise is very difficult and I can’t do it.

 ………………………………………………............
4. You have 6 children.

 There are……………………………………………….............................................

5. He often flies to Lon Don.

 ……………………………………………….....................................................

6. How much is a bowl of noodles?

--> How much does ……………………………………………?

7. What is the price of a cake and an orange?

--> How……………………………………………….......?

8. How much does a box of chocolate cost?

 What..............................................................................................................................................................?

9. This box has twelve packets of tea?

There..............................................................................................................................................................

9. How many apples do you want?

How many apples would..........................................................................................................................?

VI. Read the passage carefully and find the true (T) and false (F) statements. (10)

I like fishing

Fishing is my favorite sports. I often fish for 4 hours without catching anything. But it doesn’t worry me. Some
fishermen are unlucky. Instead of catching fish, they catch old boots and rubbish. I am even less lucky. I never catch
anything- not even an old boot. I always go home with an empty bag. “ You must give up fishing” my friends say. It’s
a waste of time. But they don’t know one important thing: I don’t really like fishing. I only want to seat in a boat
and do nothing at all.

1 …………….The writer ofte has a good catch of fish.

2. ……………Some fishermen catch old boots and rubbish instead of fish.

3……………. He is a lucky fisherman.

4……………..His friends want him to give up fishing.

5……………..He is really interested in fishing.

 TEST 6
Choose the best answer ( 2,0 ms)

1. Nam ______English on Monday and Friday.

A. not have B. isn’t have C. don’t have D. doesn’t have

2. We go to school at ______ in the morning.

A. a quarter to seven B. seven to a quarter C. seven quarter D. a quarter seven to

3. Do children have math on Monday ? -……………….

A. Yes, they have B. No, they don’t C. Yes, they don’t D. No, they not have

4. Mr. Nam gets up at 7.00 and eats ______

A. a big breakfast B. the big breakfast C. big breakfast D. a breakfast big

5. Is her school ______the park ?

A. in front of B. next C. in front to D. near to

6. Is this her______? A. erasers B. books C. an eraser D. eraser

7. Tan likes ______ weather because he can go swimming.

A. hot B. cold C. windy D. foggy

8. ______straight across the road.

A. Don’t run B. Not run C. No run D. Can’t run

9. I hope the ______ can repair our car quickly.

A. mechanic B. reporter C. architect D. dentist

10. The Bakers ______ dinner at the moment.

A. is having B. are having C. eating D. is eating

11. ______ fruit does your father produce?

A. How much B. How many C. How long D. How often

12 When it becomes hot , people often feel ______

A. hungry B. thirsty C. happy D. worried

13. The sign says “ No smoking “ . You ______ smoke .

A. can B. are not C. must not D. must

14 . I’m playing table tennis . _______ you like table tennis ?

A. Have B .Is C. Are D. Do

15 . There is an English examination ______ Friday , 11th December .

A. at B. in C. to D. on

16. What time _____ back ?

A. is she comingB. comes she C. she does come D. does she comes

17. The students have got ______ news about their exams .

A. many B. some C. any D. a

18 . The boy looks a little thin , ______ he is strong.

A. and B. for C. or D. but

19. Mary and _______ would like to join the English Club speaking .

A. me B. my C. mine D. I

20. There _______ any milk in the glass.

A. isn’t B. aren’t C. is D. are

YOUR ANSWERS

1. ................... 2. ................... 3. ................... 4. ................... 5. ...................

6. ................... 7. ................... 8. ................... 9. ................... 10. .................

11. ................. 12. ................. 13. ................. 14. ................. 15. .................

16. ................. 17. ................. 18. ................. 19. ................. 20. .................

II. Cung cấp động từ đúng cho động từ trong ngoặc (3ms)

Example: 0. Phong ( get ) up at 5 o’clock. get gets

1. My brother (1)( not live) in Hanoi. He (2)(live) in Ho Chi Minh City.

2. Our school (3)( have) a small garden. There(4) ( be) many flowers in it.

3. What time your son(5) ( get up) every morning ?

4. Your parents(6) ( go ) to work every day ?

 5. Nam (7)( wash) his face at 6.15.

6. We (8)( not have) breakfast at 6.30 every morning.

7. She can (9)(speak)............. English.

8. He(10) (eat) ............... a lot of meat?

9. Where Mai (11)(be) ........... now? She(12) (play) ......................... in the garden.

10. Look! She (13)(come)..................

11. What there (14)(be) (15)(drink) ............for dinner?

YOUR ANSWERS

1. ......................... 2. ……………… 3. ……………… 4. ……………… 5. ………………

6. ……………… 7. ……………… 8. ……………… 9. ……………… 10. ......................

11. ...................... 12. ...................... 13. ...................... 14. ...................... 15. ......................

III. Đọc đoạn văn sau, chọn đáp án thích hợp nhất cho mỗi chỗ trống (2ms)

I live in a house near the sea. It is ...(1)... old house, about 100 years old and...(2)... very small. There are
two bed rooms upstairs...(3)... no bathroom. The bathroom is down stairs ... (4)... the kitchen and there is a living
room where there is a lovely old fire place. There is a garden...(5)... the house. The garden...(6)... down to the beach
and in spring and summer...(7)... flowers every where. I like alone...(8)... my dog, Rack, but we have a lot of visitors.
My city friends often stay with...(9)...

I love my house for... (10)... reasons: the garden, the flowers in summer, the fee in winter, but the best thing is the
view from my bedroom window.

1. A. a B. an C. the D. any

2. A. It's B. It C. there's D. They're

3. A. and B. or C. but D. too

4. A. between B. next C. near to D. next to

5. A. in front B. front of C. of front in D. in front of

6. A. go B. going C. goes D. in goes

7. A. these are B. they are C. there are D. those are

 8. A. for B. of C. on D. with

9. A. me B. I C. my D. I'm

10. A. a B. any C. many D. a lot

YOUR ANSWERS

1. ......................... 2. ……………… 3. ……………… 4. ……………… 5. ………………

6. ……………… 7. ……………… 8. ……………… 9. ……………… 10. ……………

IV. Điền một từ thích hợp vào mỗi chỗ trống trong đoạn văn sau: (2ms)

My brother lives in HCMC. He -(1)- a teacher of math. He goes to work ...(2)... Monday to Saturday. The
school starts ...(3)...7.00 in the morning and ...(4)...at eleven fifty. After work, he comes back ...(5)...and has
lunch at ...(6)...quarter past twelve. In the afternoon, he ...(7)...the housework and plays games. In the ...
(8)...after dinner he watches T.V or...(9)...books. He goes to bed at half ...(10)... eleven.

YOUR ANSWERS

1. ......................... 2. ……………… 3. ……………… 4. ……………… 5. ………………

6. ……………… 7. ……………… 8. ……………… 9. ……………… 10. ……………

V. Đọc đoạn văn sau, hoàn thành bảng tóm tắt thông tin bên dưới: (2ms)

I’m Linh,
Pham
Thuy
Linh. I
am a new
student
of 7A
class in
Nguyen
Du
Secondar
y School.
I am
thirteen
and I
come
from Hoa
Binh. I
have a
brother
and a
sister.
They are
500
students
at a high
school in
Hoa
Binh. I
live with
my aunt
at 20 Le
Loi
Street.
She often
brings
me to
school by
motorbik
e every
day. It is
more
than two
kilometer
s from
my
aunt’s
house to
my
school. It
takes us
ten
minutes
to go
there. My
telephone
number
is
5871374.

S
U
R
V
E
R
Y

F
O
R
M

F B
a r
m o
i t
l h
y e
r
n s
a
m a
e n
: d

… s
… i
… s
. t
. e
. r
… :
… …
… …
… …
.
N .
a …
m …
e …
(
s A
) d
: d
r
… e
… s
… s
… …
… …
… …
… …
… …
… …
… …
… …
… …
…
A …
g
e T
: e
l
… e
… p
… h
… o
… n
… e
…
… n
… u
… m
… b
e
G r
r :
a
d …
e …
: …
.
. .
. .
. .
. .
. .
. .
. …
.
. D
. i
. s
. t
. a
. n
. c
. e
. …
. …
… …
… …
… …
… …
… …
… .
… .
… …
…
S …
c
h H
o o
o w
l
: t
o
.
. t
. r
. a
. v
. e
… l
… :
…
 … .
… .
… .
… .
… .
… .
… .
… .
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
…
…

T
i
m
e
:

t
e
n

m
i
n
u
t
e
s

VI. Đoạn văn sau có 10 lỗi sai. Tìm và sửa lỗi sai: (2ms)

Example: live  lives

Miss Lien live in a small house on Hanoi. She teaches English at a school there. She usually is breakfast in seven in
the morning and she has dinner at twelve o'clock in the canteen of the school. She teaches his students in the
morning. She teaches them dialogues on Wednesdays to Fridays. On Mondays, she teach them grammar. On the
evening, she usually stays at home and listens books. She sometimes goes to the movie theatre. She always go to
bed at ten o'clock.

YOUR ANSWERS

1. ......................... 2. ……………… 3. ……………… 4. ……………… 5. ………………

6. ……………… 7. ……………… 8. ……………… 9. ……………… 10. ……………

VII. Viết lại các câu sau sao cho ý nghĩa không đổi bắt đầu với từ đã cho:(2ms)

1. Does Phong’s school have forty classrooms ?

→ Are …………………………………………………………...

2. Phuong has a brother, Nam.

→Phuong is …………………………………………….………

3. My father usually drives to work.

→My father usually goes ………………………………….…

4. This house is small.

→ It is ............................................................................................

5. The bookstore is to the right of the toystore.

→ The toystore .............................................................................

VIII. Sắp xếp những từ sau thành câu hoàn chỉnh:(2ms)

1. house/ a/ Minh/ lake/ a/ lives/ in/ near.

………………………………………………………………………

2. yard/ front/ school/There/ big/ of/ is/ our/ in/ a.

………………………………………………………………………

3. many/ right/ the/ museum/ Are/ flowers/ the/ there/ to/ of/?

………………………………………………………………………

4. next/ photocopy/ What/ store/ there/ the/ is/ to /?

………………………………………………………………………

5. hospital/ father/ in/ the/ city/ My/ a/ works/ in.

 ………………………………………………………………………

6. there/ family/ many/ in/ are/ How/ Linh’s/ people/ ?

………………………………………………………………………

7. his/ friend/ in/ family/ My/ Hanoi/ doesn’t/ with/ live.

………………………………………………………………………

8. brushes/ six/ gets/ her/ o’clock/ Hoa/ at/ up/ teeth/ and.

………………………………………………………………………

9. on/ floor/ classroom/ the/ is/ Our/ first.

………………………………………………………………………

10. Minh’s/ six/ There/ in/ rooms/ house/ are.

………………………………………………………………………

IX. Viết một đoạn văn ngắn (khoảng 80 đến 100 từ ) kể về gia đình của em: (3ms)

……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..

……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..

……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..

……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

TEST 7
I. Cho hình thức đúng của động từ trong ngoặc (2.5ps)

1. She ( go) to school everyday .

2. Bad students never ( work ) hard .

3. It often ( rain ) in summer . It ( rain ) now .

4. He ( not have ) any car .

5. What you often ( do ) in the morning ?

6. She and I ( like ) ( watching ) TV very much .

7. Where she (go) ? – she ( go ) to the theatre .

II. Chọn đáp án đúng (3ps)

1. He is ………. than me .

a. handsome b. more handsome boy c. more handsome d. handsomer

2. We have a …………. of flowers in the garden .

a. few b. some c. lot d. front

3. They are going in vacation this summer .

a b c d

4. “…….. are you going to stay ?” “At a friend’s house”

a. what b. where c. how long d. how often

5. Why don’t ………… to the park ?

a. go b. going c. we go d. we going

6. “A glass of orange juice , lease.” “ Here …………”

a. are you b. you are c. are they d. they are

III. H·y s¾p xÕp nhøng tõ díi ®©y theo ®óng cét giíi tõ thÝch hîp : (2.25ps)

March - Sunday - September - Friday - Saturday - autumn -

Wednesday evening - a quarter to twelve - 4 o’clock - half past four -

the morning - two minutes - Christmas - 2.30 - midnight - Tuesday morning -1954
 IN ON AT

……………………………… ……………………………… ………………………………

……………………………… ……………………………… ………………………………

……………………………… ……………………………… ………………………………

……………………………… ……………………………… ………………………………

……………………………… ……………………………… ………………………………

IV. §äc ®o¹n v¨n sau vµ viÕt ch÷ T vµo c©u ®óng , ch÷ F vµo c©u sai :
(1.25ps )

Quang is a gymnast. He is tall and thin. He has short black hair. His eyes are brown. He has a round face and thin
lips . Quang is having dinner at the moment. He is eating fish. He often has fish , meat and vegetables for dinner.
After dinner he eats bananas. Then he drinks orange juice . He feels full after dinner.

……. 1. Quang is a student.

……. 2. He is short and big.

……. 3. He has short hair.

……. 4. His hair is white .

……. 5. He has brown eyes .

……. 6. Quang’s face is round and his lips are full .

……. 7. He is having a bath now .

……. 8. He is eating vegetables .

……. 9. He often has dinner with fish , meat and vegetables.

……. 10. Quang feels hungry after dinner .

V. Cho tõ tr¸i nghÜa cña c¸c tõ sau : (1p)

1. black

2. heavy

3. strong

4. expensive

5. fat
 TEST 8

I. Hoµn thµnh ®o¹n v¨n sau sö dông th× ®óng ë trong ngoÆc ( 1.25ps)

I thought you would like to know some of my news. I arrived in New York two weeks ago and I ( stay1 ) with
a family called the Browns. Mrs. Brown ( work2 ) in a bank, but at the moment Mrs Brown ( not have3 ) a job .
He ( do4 ) a course in business management which stars next month. I ( have5 ) a good time here, but the work
is boring . I would ( like6 ) to find another job. I was travelling on the underground the other day when I met
Tom . Do you remember him? When we last saw him , he was working for his father’s shop. Now he ( learn7 )
English at a school here. We ( see8 ) an art exhibition together tonight. I’m really looking forward to it. I like
New York very much, but I ( think9 ) it’s very expensive . Could you do me a favour ? I need some more money.
Of course I ( pay10 ) you back when I see you .

II. Nèi tõ A sang B sao cho phï hîp nhÊt : (0.75p)

A B

1. How are you ? a. Same to you .

2. How do you do ? b. Fine, thanks.

3. Good night ! c. How do you do ?

4. Hello. I’m Ella Paul. d. Sleep well.

5. Excuse me ! e. Pleased to meet you .

6. Have a good weekend. f. Yes , can I help you ?

III. H·y hoµn thµnh c¸c c©u sau b»ng c¸ch ®iÒn c¸c tõ sau vµo trong chç
trèng ( cã 10 tõ ®îc cho , nhng chØ sö dông 6 tõ ) : (0.75p)

switch off call buy ring up turn on

 like goes out go stay have

1. It’s too late to telephone Ton now. …………. him in the morning.

2. – We haven’t got any tea left.

- Oh, I will ………… and get some.

3. Before you leave the room , remember to ………….. the light .

4. We ………… a lot of food in the fridge.

5. I want to ………. at a hotel when I go on holiday .

6. When the red light ………… and the green light appears , you can go straight .

IV. Chän tõ thÝch hîp : ( 1.25ps)

1. We are on / in / at class 9A.

2. Hoa has some / lots / lot of friends in Hue .

3. Her new school is bigger / big / biger than her old school.

4. She misses her parents but / and / with her friends.

5. What / Where / Who is she staying with ? – Her aunt.

6. When / What / How is her new school different from her old school ?

7. Who is the girl talks / talk / talking to Mrs Lien ?

8. It’s raining heavily. Not / Doesn’t / Don’t go out .

9. Her sister will be 13 on Sunday, May 25 / 25th May / May 25th.

10. Her old school doesn’t have / don’t have / have not many students .

V. ViÕt l¹i c©u ®Ó nghÜa cña c©u võa viÕt gièng c©u ®· cho : (1.25ps)

1. What’s your address ?

 Where ………………………………………….. ?

2. No one in our class is taller than Nam .

 Nam is the ………………………………

3. There are 40 monkeys in the cage .

 The cage ………………………………..

4. It is one fifty .

 It is ten …………………………………..

5. My mother walks to work everyday .

 My mother goes ………………………...

VI. Hoµn thµnh c©u dùa vµo tõ gîi ý ( cã thÓ thay ®æi d¹ng cña c¸c tõ ®· cho
®Ó cho c©u ®óng ng÷ ph¸p ) : (1.25ps)

1. John / always feel happy / when / come home .

…………………………………………………………

2. The party / start / seven ?

…………………………………………………………

3. She / buy / food / drink / the party.

…………………………………………………………

4. She / standing / the right / her house / now .

…………………………………………………………….

5. That apartment / most suitable / their family .

…………………………………………………………….

VII. Hoµn thµnh ®o¹n héi tho¹i : ( 1.25ps)

Ba : Hello, Tan.

Tan : Hi, Ba. Nice to ……………. You again.

Ba : Me, too.

Tan : Do you know the …………. over there ?

Ba : Yes, she is our new teacher .

Tan : What’s her ……………….. ?

Ba : Her name is Tam .

Tan : Where is she ……………… ?

 Ba : She’s from……………… city.

VIII. §äc vµ tr¶ lêi c©u hái : (1p)

This is my sister, Trang. She is a teacher .She teaches at a small school in the village. Every morning, she gets
up at six. And she leaves the house at a quarter to seven. The school is not near my house, so she goes to work by
bicycle. Her class starts at seven and ends at 11 . My sister rides home and has lunch at a quarter to twelve.

Questions :

1/ How does Trang go to work ?.............................................................................

2/ What time does her class start ?.........................................................................

3/ What does Trang do ?.........................................................................................

4/ Why does Trang go to work by bike ?.................................................................

IX. T×m lçi sai vµ söa ( mçi c©u mét lçi ) : (0.75p)

Eg: 0. He don’t like apples .  Ghi vµo giÊy thi lµ : don’t  doesn’t

1. Would you like drinking some coffee ?

2. She and he goes to work on foot .

3. Ngoc is young than her sister.

4. Let’s to go shopping !

5. My house is next your house .

6. Vy is a very good tennis play. She plays for the school team.

X. DÞch ra tiÕng anh : (0.5p)

1. MÑ cña b¹n thêng mua cho b¹n b¸nh µ ?

……………………………………………………

2. B¹n nªn ®i xem phim víi c« Êy.

……………………………………………………
 TEST 9

I. VOCABULARY AND GRAMMAR. (35 points)

Part 1: Choose the best answer among A, B, C or D. (15 points)

1. My father is ..................... man.

A. a old B. an old C. not young D. not very young

2. I’m tired. I’d like ..................... .

A. sit down B. sitting down C. to sit down D. to sitting down

3. Do you have any toothpaste? I’d like a large ..................... .

A. tin B. roll C. bar D. tube

4. Choose the word having the underlined letter pronounced differently:

A. pretty B. get C. wet D. dentist

5. Bangkok is ..................... capital of Thailand.

A. a B. one C. X D. the

6. There are ..................... girls in his class.

A. not B. no C. none D. any

7. ..................... she plays the piano!

A. How beautiful B. How beautifully C. What good D. What well

8. On ..................... we often go out.

A. nights of Saturday B. Saturday nights

C. Saturday’s nights D. none is correct

9. I don’t want much sugar in coffee. Just ....................., please.

A. little B. a little C. few D. a few

10. The weather is ..................... today than yesterday.

A. much better B. very better C. too better D. so better

11. A. Always they do their homework. B. They always do their homework.

 C. They do their homework always. D. They always do their homeworks.

12. Minh is from Viet Nam. He’s ..................... .

A. a Vietnamese B. Vietnamese C. a Vietnamese man D. the Vietnamese man

13. Choose a word that has different stress pattern:

A. beautiful B. vegetable C. breakfast D. apartment

14. What ..................... the weather like in the summer?

A. is B. was C. does D. would

15. It’s very hot. Why ..................... go swimming?

A. not we B. not C. don’t we D. Both B & C are correct

16. At an intersection, you ..................... slow down.

A. can B. should C. must D. have

17. Which word has the final sound /s/:

A. bananas B. carrots C. apples D. guavas

18. Don’t move. You have a ..................... leg.

A. break B. breaking C. broke D. broken

19. If there aren’t any trash cans, we should put it in a bag and ..................... .

A. take it to our home B. take it to home

C. take it home D. take it back our house

20. This is a photo of Miss Lan’s house. To the right of ..................... house there is a well.

A. the B. a C. his D. my

21. Choose the word having the underlined letter pronounced differently:

A. keen B. kite C. keep D. knife

22. How much is this ..................... of soap?

A. bar B. bag C. box D. loaf

23. Our roads are dangerous places. We ..................... .

A. can be careful B. must be careful

C. mustn’t be careless D. Both B & C are correct

24. Make sure ..................... is no traffic.

 A. they B. it C. there D. some

25. Let’s eat here. The ..................... seems very good.

A. list B. paper C. programme D. menu

26. There’s a good film ..................... ..................... the Rex Cinema tonight.

A. on / in B. on / at C. in / on D. in / at

27. Don’t ..................... electricity.

A. save B. waste C. use D. leave

28. The boy suffered ..................... a very bad toothache.

A. of B. from C. with D. by

29. ..................... book is this, yours or mine?

A. What B. Which C. Whose D. Who’s

30. “Who ..................... that horrible noise?”

“It’s Nam practising the violin.”

A. makes B. made C. is making D. making

Part 2: Complete the following sentences with the correct form of the words in brackets. (10 points)

1. Mary likes attending the English ..................... contests. (SPEAK)

2. My neighborhood is ..................... for good and cheap restaurants. (FAME)

3. I like the city life because there are many kinds of ..................... (ENTERTAIN)

4. Lan’s classroom is on the ..................... floor. (TWO)

5. These children like ..................... weather. (SUN)

6. Lan speaks English ..................... than me. (WELL)

7. The Great Wall of China is the world’s ..................... structure. (LONG)

8. What’s Mary’s .....................? - She’s British. (NATION)

9. We should not waste ..................... and water. (ELECTRIC)

10. Let him do it ...................... (HE)

Part 3: Supply the correct form of the verbs in brackets. (10 points)

1. The sky is very dark. I think it ............................... .(rain)

2. David ............................... his hands. He ............................... the television set. (wash/ just repair)

3. Come to see me at 5 this afternoon. I ............................... home until 4.30. (not arrive)

4. ..............................., please! The baby ............................... .(not talk / sleep)

5. It ............................. hard. We can’t do anything until it ............................. . (rain / stop)

6. Would you mind ............................... on the light? I hate ............................... in a dark room. (turn / sit)

II. READING (25 points)

Part 1: Put these sentences in the right order to complete the passage. Number 1 has been done for you as an
example. (10 points)

A. For example, you can get hot dogs

B. a famous fast food restaurant. Do you

C. Today fast food is very

D. the same as one in MacDuff’s in Tokyo!

E. a fast food restaurant, you can

F. and boxes. MacDuff’s is the name of

G. You can even take it home.

H. know that a beefburger in MacDuff’s in London tastes

I. get different kinds of food cheaply and quickly.

J. or beefburgers in paper bags

K. popular throughout the world. In

Your answers:

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

C
Part 2: Complete the following letter with the appropriate words. The first letter(s) of each word is (are) given. (15
points)

Dear Mum and Dad,

Hi. I’m on (0) ho_liday_ in Vietnam with Ted and Booby. We (1) arr_________ in Dalat yesterday. It is a very
beautiful city and is (2) kn_________ as the city of Eternal Spring. Dalat is very famous for its (3) water_________,
lakes and flower gardens. The first two days the weather was fine, warm and sunny, so we did some (4)
sight_________. I took a lot of photographs. On Thursday we went shopping. Everything was cheap, so we
bought lots of (5) sou_________ and two nice sweaters for you. In the evening we had (6) d_________ at a lovely
little restaurant and then went to a coffeehouse to (7) e_________ Trung Nguyen Coffee. Last night we went to
the theater and didn’t get back (8) un_________ 11pm. So, we got up late this morning and (9) dec_________ to
have a relaxing day at the hotel. So, that’s(10) wh_________ I’m now.

Love,

Mark

III. Writing: Make meaningful sentences using the following cues. (20 points)

1. What time / Nga / get / morning?

.......................................................................................................................................................

2. You / can / games / afternoon / but / must / homework / evening.

.......................................................................................................................................................

3. Lan / walk / ride / bike / school?

.......................................................................................................................................................

4. When / it / hot / we / often / go / swim.

.......................................................................................................................................................

5. What / there / front / your house?

.......................................................................................................................................................

6. If / you / not feel / well / should / see / doctor.

.......................................................................................................................................................

7. What color / your baby / eyes?

.......................................................................................................................................................

8. My father / 4 years / old / mother.

.......................................................................................................................................................

9. I / beef/ so / sister.

.......................................................................................................................................................

10. Hoa / learn / languages / bad.

.......................................................................................................................................................

TEST 10

Question I: Fill in the blank with one suitable word: (2m)

family comes watches cleaning

talking are go market

My sister and I (1) ______________ to school in the morning and come home in the afternoon. Our mother
goes to the (2) ______________ at half past seven. She gets food for the

(3) _____________ Our father (4) ____________ home at six everyday. He (5) _____________ television in the
evening. Today is Sunday. We are at home, and we are (6) ______________ our house. We are working and (7)
______________ . We (8) ______________ having a good time at home.

Question II. Put the verbs into correct tense or form: (2 ms)

6. He still (do) ______________ our work now. But he will go ______________ with you when he (finish)
______________ it.

7. On my way home I often (meet) _____________ many children who (go) _____________ to school.

8. The sun (rise) ______________ in the east and (set) ______________ in the west.

9. Mary (not work) ______________ today because it's Sunday.

10. 4. My father and I (visit) ______________ Ha Long Bay this summer vacation.

Question III. Circle the best answer A, B or C to complete each of the following sentences

(2 pts)

9. Mexico City is _______ city in the world.

 A. biger B. big C. bigger D. the biggest

10. My brother and I _______ our grandmother next weekend.

A. visit B. am going to visit C. am visiting D. are going to visit

11. We go to the movies____ Sunday evening.

A. to B. at C. on D. for

12. There is _______ milk in the glass.

A. a B. any C. some D. the

13. She has_______ .

A. a long black hair B. a black long hair C. A hair long black D. long black hair

14. Many Asian animals are ______ danger.

A. in B. on C. at D. of

15. I feel lonely because I have______ friends there.

A. a little B. a few C. little D. few

16. ______ boy in the corner is my friend.

A. The B. An C. A D. Ø

Question IV. Insert the correct form of the words in brackets: (2 ms)

Ex: My mother is a______________ of English. (TEACH)

My mother is a teacher of English.

9. Her father is a______________ (FARM)

10. She sent her best wishes for my future______________ . (HAPPY)

11. He was punished for his______________ . (LAZY)

12. We like going in his car as he is a______________ driver. (CARE)

13. AIDS is a______________ disease. (DANGER)

14. She looks______________ in her new coat. (ATTRACT)

15. He turns out to be the______________ student in his class. (GOOD)

16. Nam is always (BUSINESS)

______________
Question V. Rewrite the sentences in a way that is has similar meaning to the original sentences: (1 ms)

5. Mai is not as tall as Lan.

→ Lan is. .......................................................................................................

6. The black car is cheaper than the red car.

→The red car ............................................................................................................

7. This film is more interesting than that one.

→That film is ............................................................................................................

8. Our school has 1600 students.

There are ………………………..........................................................................

Question VI. Read the passage and decide if the statements are True (T) or False (F). (1pts)

Miss Lien lives in a small house in Hanoi. She teaches English at a school there. She usually has breakfast at
seven in the morning and she has lunch at twelve o'clock in the canteen of the school. She teaches her students in
the morning. She teaches them dialogues on Wednesdays and Fridays. On Mondays, she teaches them grammar. In
the evening, she usually stays at home and listens to music. She sometimes goes to the movie theatre. She always
goes to bed at ten o'clock.

6. __F____ Miss Lien lives in a big house and teaches English at a school in Hanoi.

7. ______ She usually has breakfast at 7.30 in the morning and has lunch at home at 12 o'clock.

8. ______ She teaches her students dialogues on Mondays, Wednesdays and Fridays.

9. ______ She usually stays at home in the evening and goes to bed at 9.

10. ______ Sometimes she goes to the movie theatre.

TEST 11
I. T×m tõ cã c¸ch ph¸t ©m kh¸c ë phÇn g¹ch ch©n trong mçi dßng sau:

1. a. summer b. uncle c. Sunday d. museum

2. a. tonight b. high c. million d. fire

3. a. chair b. school c. cheap d. chicken

4. a. flowers b. students c. pens d. schoolbags

5. a. stool b. room c. floor d. noodle

6. a. capital b. trash c. range d. animal

7. a. grow b. plow c. cow d. tower

8. a. hungry b. fly c. usually d. activity

9. a. weather b. head c. bread d. great

10. a. wear b. meat c. pea d. read

II. Cho d¹ng ®óng cña c¸c ®éng tõ trong ngoÆc:

1. My parents ( go )………………………….to visit my grandfather weekly.

2. Le Tam ( want ) ……………..………to be a teacher after he ( leave )…………………….... school.

3. There are lots of gray clouds in the sky. It ( rain )……………..…………

4. You ( sleep ) …………………….…..? Wake up and study your lesson . The exam ( come )… ………….……….near.

5. What they ( do )………………………….in the living room at the moment ? They ( watch )
……....................................TV ?

- No, they ( play )…………………….…..chess.

6. Mary can’t answer the phone now because she ( have )…………………………..a bath.

III. Cho d¹ng ®óng cña c¸c tÝnh tõ trong ngoÆc:

1. Ha Noi is ( small )……………………….than Ho Chi Minh, but Da Nang is ( small )………….…….… of these three cities.

2. Which is ( big )…………………..… Phong’s school or Hoa’s school?

3. My sister is four years ( old )…………………..….. than me.

4. The Amazon river is ( long )………………………..than the Mekong river, but the Nile is (long) …………….…..in the world.

5. Food in the city is ( expensive )……………………..………than I think.

6. The streets in Hue are now ( narrow )……………..…….than those in Hai Phong , but they are much ( clean )
……………….

7. Who is ( good )…………………….….student in your class ? - Nam is.

IV. Hoµn thµnh ®o¹n v¨n sau, dïng c¸c tõ cho trong khung:

seasid mountains beautiful summer not spend between flowers town long countryside
e

England is (1)……………….a very large country. No (2)…………..……..in England is very far from the (3) …………..
……..,and many English families (4)……………….……their summer holidays at the ( 5 ) ………………………There are no high
(6)……………..…….in England, no very (7) …………..….rivers and no large forests.
There are many towns in England . The English seaside (8) ………………… the towns looks quite (9) ………………………
especially in spring and (10) …………..…..All forests , the fields and gardens are green , red , blue , yellow and white
with (11)……………..…….

V. Chän ®¸p ¸n ®óng ®Ó hoµn thµnh c¸c c©u sau:

1. What ………………...is your new hat ? - It is purple.

a. age b. season c. color d. weather

2. The Pacific Ocean is ………….……..ocean in the world.

a. big b. the biggest c. the bigest d. bigger

3. How ………………………...are there on the table ? - There are some.

a. many banana b. many bananas c. much banana d. much bananas

4. What would you like ………………...lunch ? - I’ d like some noodles.

a. in b. at c. on d. for

5. Would you like ………………….... pork for dinner ? - No, thanks. (pork: thÞt lîn)

a. some b. an c. any d. a

6. Is she hungry ………………..full ? - She isn’t hungry. She is full.

a. and b. but c. so d. or

7. What about ………..some lemonade ? - That’s a good idea.

a. have b. having c. has d. having

8. It is too far . Let’s go there………….……..minibus

a. with b. in c. on d. by

9. The Eiffel Tower is ………………..…. than the Statue of Library

a. with b. highest c. higher d. the highest

10. Hurry up ! We’ ve got ………………….…..time.

a. few b. much c. a little d. some

VI. Nèi c©u tr¶ lêi ë cét B víi c©u tr¶ lêi thÝch hîp ë cét B :

A B 1…………...?

1) How often does he go there ? a) Blue 2…………...?

 2) How much cooking oil does he need ? b) At a quarter past five 3…………...?

3) What color are his eyes ? c) Great Britain 4…………...?

4) How does he often go to school everyday ? d) One liter 5…………...?

5) When does he have history ? e) French and English 6…………...?

6) What time does he get up in the morning ? f) Literature 7…………...?

7) Which language does he speak ? g) Winter and autumn 8…………...?

8) Where does he come from ? h) Twice a month 9…………...?

9) Which season does he like ? i) On Wednesday 10…………...?

10) Which subject is he good at ? j) On foot 11…………...?

VII. XÕp c¸c tõ sau theo c¸c chñ ®iÓm:

lemon - fish - bus - car - volleyball - grape - badminton - chicken - orange - beef - plane - ear - pork - taxi -
pineapple - mouth - aerobics - shoulder - head - train - lamb - bicycle - mango - tennis - lip - soccer - longan

lemon chicken lip car tennis

…………………. …………………. …………………. …………………. ………………….

…………………. …………………. …………………. …………………. ………………….

…………………. …………………. …………………. …………………. ………………….

…………………. …………………. …………………. …………………. ………………….

…………………. …………………. …………………. …………………. ………………….

…………………. …………………. …………………. …………………. ………………….

…………………. …………………. …………………. …………………. ………………….

(mango : qu¶ xoµi, longan : qu¶ nh·n)

VII. §Æt c©u hái cho phÇn g¹ch ch©n:

1. Mr Minh teaches us English at school.

........................................................................................................................................................

2. Her hair is brown.

........................................................................................................................................................
3. There are four seasons in my country.

........................................................................................................................................................

4. She buys two bars of soap.

........................................................................................................................................................

5. My father drinks coffee in the morning.

........................................................................................................................................................

6. My father goes to work six days a week.

........................................................................................................................................................

7. Hoa's school is on Le Loi street.

........................................................................................................................................................

8. Yes, she walks to school every day.

........................................................................................................................................................

9. My father usualy takes a shower in the morning.

........................................................................................................................................................

10. They are listening to music at the moment.

........................................................................................................................................................

TEST 12
I. Choose the word in each group that has the underlined, italic part pronounced differently from the rest.

1. A. thick B. this C. math D. thin

2. A. hour B. house C. help D. home

3. A. couches B. brushes C. classes D. lives

4. A. have B. lamb C. stand D. wash

 5. A. game B. geography C. vegetable D. change

II. Choose the best answer for each of the following sentences.

1. I usually go to school ______ bike, but today I am going to school ______ the bus.

A. by/ by B. on/ on C. by/ on

2. Most of us like _______ to the sea in the summer.

A. go B. to be going C. going

3. Do you have any toothpaste? I’d like a big ______ .

A. tin B. tube C. bar

4. How _______ kilos of meat does Lan want?

A. much B. many C. often

5. My brother always _______ to school on foot.

A. go B. is going C. goes

6. Look ______ that man. He is looking ______ Hoa, but she isn’t here.

A. for/ at B. at/ for C. at/ at

7. Would you like _______ coffee?

A. some B. any C. a

8. This bag is Mork’s and those are also _______ .

A. his B. him C. he

9. _______ is the price of this shirt?

A. What B. How much C. How

10. Give me some water. I’m ______.

A. hungry B. thirsty C. thirty

III. Give the correct form of the verbs in brackets to complete the sentences.
 1. My mother often (1- go) to the market every morning but she (2- not go) this morning.

2. Where (3- be) your brother?

- He (4-read) in his room.

3. You (5- like) this skirt? I (6- give) it to my daughter for her birthday tomorrow.

4. Look! The plane (7- fly) toward the airport. It (8- land)

1- 2- 3- 4-

5- 6- 7- 8-

IV. Complete the sentences with the correct form of the words in brackets.

1. How do most _______ feel when they have a picnic? (child )

2. To the left of the house there is a _______ garden. (beauty )

3. In the _______ , there is a hospital and a factory. (neighbor)

4. Our students sometimes go ________ on the weekend. (camp)

5. Our roads are ________ places. (danger )

6. Do you know the ________ of this book? (write)

7. She is a _______ at the same college as me. (study)

8. I hope we have ________ weather for our holiday. (sun)

9. Has your sister got a ________ . She looks tired. (head)

10. His _____________ are thin and long. (foot)

V. Each line of the following passage contains one mistake. Underline the mistake and write the correct one in
the space provided.

This is Tuan. He is me classmate. He gets up at a quarter 0._ my____

to six. He brushes his teeth, takes a shower and gets dressing. 1.________

He have breakfast, then he leaves the house at half past 2.________

six. The school is near his house so he goes by foot. Classes 3.________

start at seven o’clock and ending at half past eleven. He comes 4.________
 back house and has lunch at twelve o’clock. It is eight 5. ________

o’clock in Saturday evening now and Tuan is at home. He is 6. ________

on his room and he is playing video games. He is also 7. ________ listens to music at the
same time. 8. ________

VI. Fill in each numbered blank with one suitable word.

Miss Moreys lives in a suburb of London and she (1)________ English at a school. She has a lot of
students. They (2)________ from different countries. Miss Moreys usually (3)_______ breakfast at 8 a.m.
(4)_______ breakfast, she has some bread, two eggs and a cup of coffee. Then she goes to work. She usually
goes by car but sometimes she goes (5)_______ her bike. She comes back home at 4 p.m. In the evening she
(6)________ TV or listens to (7) ________ radio. She usually goes to (8)______ at 10 p.m.

1- 2- 3- 4-

5- 6- 7- 8-

VII. Read the following passage then circle the letter of the correct word to use in each blank.

Americans usually (1) ______ up very early. They have breakfast between six (2)______ nine. They
usually have bread or a (3)______ and a cup of tea or coffee for breakfast. Most people eat a quick (4)______
at twelve or twelve thirty. The big meal of the day (5)______ usually dinner. This is usually between (6)______
and seven o’clock in the evening. They usually have (7)______ , fish, vegetables and fruit for dinner. They
often (8)_______ beer or wine, too.

1. A. have B. get C. eat D. sleep

2. A. at B. between C. to D. and

3. A. sandwiches B. sandwich C. rice D. orange

4. A. dinner B. lunch C. supper D. breakfast

5. A. is B. does C. are D. going

6. A. seven thirty B. nine C. eight D. six

7. A. meat B. dinner C. oil D. soap

8. A. cook B. drink C. buy D. eat

VIII. Read the following passage and answer the questions.

Laura is 21. She has fair hair and blue eyes. She has two brothers, William and Phillip but she doesn’t have
any sisters. Her brothers have brown hair and brown eyes. One of her brother, Phillip, is married and has two
children, so she is an aunt. Laura lives with her parents in an apartment, it has five rooms but it doesn’t have a
 garden. She has her own room in the apartment. In it she has a computer and a TV. She has a car but her
parents don’t have one because they can’t drive.

1. How old is Laura?

…………………………………………………………………………………………..

2. How many brothers does she have?

…………………………………………………………………………………………..

3. What color are her eyes?

…………………………………………………………………………………………..

4. Does Laura live with her parents in a house?

…………………………………………………………………………………………..

5. Is there a computer and a TV in Laura’s room?

………………………………………………………………………………………….

6. Do her parents have a car?

………………………………………………………………………………………….

IX. Read the first sentence, and then complete the second sentence with the same meaning.

1. How old is she?

What ……………………………………………………………………………...?

2. The bookstore is to the right of the toy store.

The toy store is……………………………………………………........................?

3. How much is a bowl of noodles?

How much ………………………………………………………………………..?

4. Orange juice is her favorite drink.

She …………………………………………………………………………………

5. Is there a garden in your school?

Does your …….……..…………………………………………………………...?

6. Why don’t we help these old women?

What about ……………………………………………………………… ……….

 7. Mr. and Mrs. Hung have a son, Nam.

Mr. and Mrs. Hung are …………………………………………………..................

8. My sister often walks to school.

My sister often …………………………………………………………………….

X. Use the suggestions to write meaningful sentences.

1. Jessica/ usually/play/sports/ free time/but / sometimes/ camp/ classmates.

………………………………………………………………………………………….

2. sister/ need/ 10 kilos/ rice/ half/ kilo/ beef.

………………………………………………………………………………………….

3. We/ going/ wait/ you/ near/ school/ this weekend.

………………………………………………………………………………………….

4. Quang / brother/ walk/ movie theater/ moment?

…………………………………………………………………………………………..

5. Mrs. Baker/ going/ buy/ some apples/ children.

…………………………………………………………………………………………...

6. Peter / have / toast / bacon / lunch/.

…………………………………………………………………………………………...

-------- The end --------

TRƯỜNG THCS

ĐỀ THI KSCL ĐỘI TUYỂN HSG MÔN ANH 6

Năm học 2018-2019 . Thời gian làm bài 120 phút

I. Choose the word that has the underlined parts pronounced differently from the others in each gr
1. A. Vegetables B. Watches C. Benches D. Classes
2. A. Lemonade B. Carrot C. Chocolate D. Correct
3. A. Question B. Vacation C. Population D. Destination
4. A. Station B. Soda C. Supermarket D. Sugar
5. A. Chair B. School C. Couch D. Children
II. Choose the best answer from the four choices (A or B,C,D) to complete each of the following sentences.
1. Do you like pop music?
A. I would B. Yes, a lot C. No, I like it D. Yes, we are
2. The students have ______ news about their exams.
A. many B. some C. a D. a few
3. My brother wants a good pair of shoes because he often goes ______
A. jogging B. running C. swimming D. sailing
4. Hoang’s father gets up at 7.00 and eats ……………….……
A. a big breakfast B. the big breakfast C. big breakfast D. a breakfast big
5. “How .................. oranges would you like” - “A dozen. And ................. tea, please.”
A. much, some B. many, any C. much, any D. many, some
6. I need a large ………….. of toothpaste.
A. bar B. can C. tube D. box
7. Mr & Mrs Brown & their father have ……………… legs.
A. four B. six C. eight D. ten
8. ……………..do the buses run ? – Every twenty minutes.
A. What time B. How far C. How much D. How often
9. ……………..straight across the road.
A. No run B. Not run C. Don’t run D. Can’t run
10. Linda ……… her hair every day.
A. washes B. wash C. clean D. cleans
III. Each of the following sentences has a mistake. Find and correct it.

Your corrections

1. He is knowing you are wrong. 1. ………………

A B C D
2. In the fall, leaf often fall from trees. 2. ………………
A B C D
3. This house has three floors. This floor is the two. 3. ………………
A B C D
4. I don’t have some apples but I have some bananas. 4. ………………
A B C D
5. Mr. Phong rides his bike to work at the moment. 5. ………………
A B C D

IV. Give the correct form of the words in CAPITAL to complete the sentences.

1. There is a ……………….……… next to my house. (BAKE)

2. There are a lot of ………………. mountains in Viet Nam (BEAUTY)

3. This coffee is too ………………to drink (HEAT)

4. The teacher calls Hoa ……but she is still talking to her friends. (TWO)

5. I need two ………… for cooking dinner. (KNIFE)

6. In my …………., there is a supermarket , a hotel and a park (NEIGHBOR)

7. Mount Everest is very high. It is the ….. mountain in the world. (HIGH)

8. We must be ………………….when we cross the road (CARE)

9. My aunt has two …………………, one boy and one girl ( CHILD)

10. What does your father do? - He is a …………... (POLICE)

READING
V. Fill in each blank with ONE suitable word to complete the passage
I don’t usually eat breakfast. I only have a_______(1) of coffee. I don’t eat _______ (2) until about eleven
o’clock. Then I have a biscuit and a _______ (3) of milk. For lunch I usually have a salad. That’s _______ (4) about
two o’clock. I have _______(5) at half pass six. I’m a vegetarian, so I don’t eat _______(6) or fish. I eat cheese and
eggs and things like that. I have a glass of water or fruit _______(7) with my meals.
At the weekends, I _______(8) to a restaurant in the evenings. You _______(9) get vegetarian meals in a
_______(10)of restaurants now.
VI. Read the following passage and choose the best answers.
My Teacher
My teacher, Miss Nga, is a young lady (1) ……….. twenty-eight. She is a nice lady. She loves her students (2)
………... She never (3)………. angry with them. Miss Nga (4) ………. teaching her students. Sometimes she tells (5)
………. many interesting stories. I like to listen to her stories (6) ………. they all help us to learn some (7)
……….lessons. Sometimes she takes us out (8) ……….a picnic. Whenever she takes us out, she tries to teach us
something (9) ……….. It is my dream that (10) ……….I grow up, I can become a good teacher like her.

1. A. of B. with C.from D. by

2. A. very many B. very much C. too D. so

3. A. is B. gets C. makes D. comes

4. A. enjoy B. enjoying C. enjoys D. to enjoy

5. A. we B. they C. I D. us

6. A. because B.when C. where D. why

7. A. use B. useful C. using D. to use

8. A. from B. by C. for D. of

9. A. old B. new C. bad D. well

10. A. where B. why C. what D. when

VII. Read the passage carefully, then choose the correct option marked A, B, C or D to answer the questions.
Peter usually wakes up at half past six in the morning, but he does not get up until a quarter to seven. He
takes a shower and gets dressed. He has breakfast at half past seven. He does not have a big breakfast. He usually
has bread, coffee and orange juice. After breakfast, he cleans his teeth. He leaves his house at eight o’clock. He
never drives a car to work. He often catches the train to his office in Manchester. On the train, he reads the
newspaper or does the crossword. For lunch, he usually has a salad or soup and sandwich at 1.30. He comes home
at about half past six in the evening. He has dinner at half past seven. It is a big meal of the day and he has meat or
fish with vegetables and potatoes or rice. After dinner, he washes up. Then he usually reads a book. Sometimes he
plays chess with his friends. He never watches television because he does not like it. He goes to bed at about
11.30.
1. Every morning, Peter gets up at ________.
A. 6.30 B. 6.00 C. 7.15 D. 6.45
2. He usually has ________ in the morning.
A. breakfast with meat B. a slight breakfast
C. a big breakfast D. breakfast with eggs
3. What does he usually have for lunch?
A. sandwich and salad B. soup and fish
C. salad and soup D. sandwich and fish
4. What does he usually do after dinner?
A. He usually washes up and watches TV.
 B. He usually reads a book and watches TV.
C. He usually washes up, watches TV, reads a book and plays chess.
D. He usually washes up, reads a book and plays chess.
5. Which sentence is NOT true in the passage above?
A. Sometimes he drives his car to work.
B. He often reads the newspaper on the way to his office.
C. He often plays the crossword on the train.
D. For Peter, the dinner is a big meal of the d
VIII. Finish each of the following sentences in such a way that it means exactly the same as the original one.
1. Lan’s father often drives to work.
à Lan’s father often goes ...........................................................................................................
2.Mrs. Tinh has a daughter, Mai.
 Mrs. Tinh is .............................................................................................................................
3. Let's go out for a walk.
à Why ........................................................................................................................................
4. Does Nga’s school have sixteen classrooms?
à Are ..........................................................................................................................................
5 .What is the length of this river?
à How ........................................................................................................................................
X :Use the suggested words to write meaningful sentences. You can add or change anything neccessary.
1. Ha / sister / listen / music / room / the moment.
2. He / not have / much time / write / friends.
3. Sister / have / bike / and / cycle / work / everyday.
4 .Ba / usually / play tennis / fall/ but/ sometimes/ sailing.
5 .Mrs. Ngoc/ going/ buy/ some toys/ children?
6. I’d like/ sandwich/ glass/ milk/ please.
7. Long/ tall/ brother/ not
8. We/ stop/ when/ light/ red.
9. There/ rice paddy/ left/ my house.
10. The weather / always/ cold/ winter
XI : Write a passage (60-80 words )about your school.
( don't show your name , your school's name , your teacher's names or your village)
 .........................................................................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................

THE END

ĐÁP ÁN VÀ BIỂU ĐIỂM

VOCABULARY AND GRAMMAR:
I. (0,5 điểm - mỗi đáp án đúng được0,1 điểm)

1. A 2. C 3. A 4. D 5. B

II. (1 điểm - mỗi đáp án đúng được 0,1 điểm)

1. B 2. B 3. A 4. A 5. D

6. C 7. B 8. D 9. C 10. A

III. (1 điểm - mỗi đáp án đúng được 0,2 điểm)

1. is knowing knows 2. leaf leaves 3. two second

4. some apples any 5. rides is riding

apples

IV. (1 điểm - mỗi đáp án đúng được 0,1 điểm)

1. bakery 6. neighborhood

2. beautiful 7. highest

3. hot 8. careful

4. twice 9. children

5. knives 10. policeman

READING :
V. (1 điểm - mỗi đáp án đúng được 0,1 điểm)

1. cup 2. anything 3. glass/ can 4. at 5. dinner

6. meat 7. juice 8. go 9. can 10. lot

VI. (1 điểm - mỗi đáp án đúng được 0,1 điểm)

1. A. of 2. B. verymuch 3. B. gets 4. C. enjoys 5. D. us

6. A. because 7. B. useful 8. C. for 9. D. well 10. D. when

VII. (1 điểm - mỗi đáp án đúng được 0,2 điểm)

1D 2B 3A 4D 5A
WRITING:
VIII. (0,5 điểm - mỗi đáp án đúng được 0,1 điểm)
1. Lan’s father often goes to work by car.
2. Mrs. Tinh is Mai’s mother
3. Why don't we go out for a walk?
4. Are there sixteen classrooms in Nga’s school.
5. How long is this river ?
X. Write a passage (60 -80 words) about your school. ( 2,0 điểm)
The candidate’s paragraph should include the following points:
- (3 điểm) Organization: Introduction- body- ending- linking words…
- (9 điểm) Content: should be clear, logical and creative with explanations…
- (3 điểm) Language skills: should be free of grammatical and spelling errors…
XI :Use the suggested words to write meaningful sentences. You can add or change
anything neccessary. ( 1.0 Điểm )
1. Ha’s sister is listening to music in the room at the moment.
2. He doesn’t have much time to write to her friends.
3. My sister has a bike and she cycles to work everyday.
4. Ba usually plays tennis in the fall but sometimes he goes sailing.
5. Is Mrs. Ngoc going to buy somethings for her children?
6. I’d like a sandwich and a glass of milk, please.
7. Long is tall, but his brother isn’t.
8. We must stop when the light is red.
9. There is a rice paddy to the left of my house.
10. The weather is always cold in the winter.

ĐỀ THI HSG LỚP 6- Năm học 2018 - 2019

Môn: Tiếng Anh

Thời gian: 120 phút (không kể thời gian giao đề)

PART ONE – PHONETICS: (0.2 x10 = 2.0pts)

I- Choose one word with different pronunciation of the underlined part. Write A, B, C or D in the space provided.
(0.2 x 6 = 1.2pts)

1 A. plays B. says C. days D. stays

2 A. what B. who C. where D. when

3 A. sport B. start C. listen D. eat

4 A. game B. geography C. vegetable D. change

5 A. station B. intersection C. question D. invitation

6 A. teacher B. children C. lunch D. chemistry

II- Choose the word with different stress pattern. Write A, B, C or D in the space provided (0.8pt)

7 A. delicious B. difficult C. dangerous D. different

8 A. activity B. badminton C. basketball D. aerobics

9 A. sandwich B. chocolate C. cartoon D. toothpaste

10 A. correct B. receive C. visit D. unload

 PART TWO - VOCABULARY AND GRAMMAR. (0.2 X 30 = 6.0pts)

I- Circle the best answer A, B, C or D to complete the sentences: Write A, B, C or D in the box (2.0pts)

11. How…………. rice does he want?

A. many B. much C. any D. about

12. Superstitions still________ an important part of life for many people in Vietnam.
C. take B. play C. do D. give
13. Educated women are likely to get __________ jobs and become more important at home.

A. well-trained B. well-paid C. well-prepared D. well-educated

14. Some people think that married women ________ pursue a career.

A. shouldn’t B. might not C. mustn’t D. may not

15. You ________ pick those flowers. Don’t you see the sign?

A. can’t B. don’t need to C. mustn’t D. needn’t

16. What……….…going by bike to the pagoda?

A. there B. sport C. about D. time

17. When _______ bride wears “something old”, it reminds her of her family and ________ past.

A. an / a B. a / a C. the / the D. a / the

18. This ceremony is known under different names.

C. clever B. fortunate C. traditional D. numerous
19. I don’t have………….apples but I have………….oranges.

A. any- any B. some- any C. some- some D. any- some

20. Don’t throw trash into the river. It……….…water

A. plows B. saves C. damages D. pollutes

II. Write the correct form of the words given in capital letters write the answers in the box (2.0pts)

21. Her birthday is on the……….…of September. (TWENTY)

22. There are five…….……in the kitchen. (KNIFE)

23. There are a lot of interesting…….……in the summer. (ACT)

24. It was the bird’s first ____________________ from the nest. FLY

25. Yesterday we spent a ____________________ afternoon by the river. PEACE

26. They often play sports. They are very…….…… (SPORT)

27. She’s a good student but she lacks ____________________ . CONFIDENT

28. Stephen Biko was an ____________________ supporter of the peace movement. ENERGY

29. In my……….…, there is a market, a clinic, a post office and a supermarket. (NEIGHBOR)

30. Air…….……is a big problem in the big cities. (POLLUTE)

III. Give the correct form of the verbs in brackets. Give your answers in the space provided. (1.0pts)

31. How long you ( wait ) . . . . . ………. . . .. . . . for me? – Just a few minutes.

32. What you ( do ) . . . . . . . . …….... . . . after you ( go ) . . …… . . . . . .. . . . home yesterday?

33. He often ( say ) . . . . . . . . .. . . . OK when he ( talk ) .. . . ….. . . .. . . . with the guests

34. Tom ( not come ) . . . . ………….. . . . .. . . . here tomorrow

35. Trees ( plant ) . . . .. . . . …….. . . . since it ( stop ) . . . . …….. . . .. . . . raining

36. Someone ( cut ) . . . ………... . .. . . . down all the trees in the garden

IV. Fill in the blanks with the correct prepositions (0.2 x 5 = 1.0 pts).

37. We always go……….…the city center…….……our own car.

38. I’d like to stay……….…home tonight. Is there anything interesting…….……T.V?

39. The Red River flows…..……..the Gulf of Tonkin.

40. John is often late…….……school but I’m always early.

41. Let’s listen…….……some music……….…the radio.

PART THREE- READING: (6.0 pts)

I- Circle best option A, B, C or D to complete the following passage (0.2 x 10 = 2.0 pts)

Kate has three (42) …………..a day: breakfast, lunch and dinner. She usually (43) ………….. breakfast at home. She has
bread, eggs and milk (44) …………..breakfast. (45)……..school, Lan and her friends always (46) …………..lunch at one
o’clock. They often have fish or meat, vegetables for lunch. Kate has dinner (47) ………….. her parents at home at 7
o’clock. They often have meat or fish, bread, chicken (48) …….. vegetables for dinner. After dinner, they eat (49)
………….. fruits or cakes. Kate (50) ………….. dinner because it is a big and happy meal of the day. Her family goes out
for dinner (51) ……….. a month.

52. A. breakfast B. lunch C. meals D. cooking

 53. A. have B. has C. do D. does
54. A. on B. in C. to D. for

55. A. At B. In C. On D. For

56. A. has B. have C. having D. to have

57. A. to B. for C. with D. and

58. A. and B. or C. to D. in

59. A. a B. an C. any D. some

60. A. like B. likes C. to like D. not like

61. A. one B. one time C. once D. once time

II. Fill in each blank with ONE suitable word to complete the passage (4.0pts)

2. Dear Mai,

I am writing Ha Long Bay with my family (52) …….…June 12 th to 20th. (53) …….…you have a double room with a
shower for these days? How (54) ………..…is the room? We would like (55) ……..…room facing the sea if it is possible.
We (56) …..…eat meat but we (57) ………..…all other kinds of food.

We are arriving (58) ………..…Ha Long Bay (59) ……..…about six o’clock on Monday evening. We plan to leave the
hotel (60) ………..…Sunday morning.

I (61)… ………..forward to hearing from you soon.

Love, Nga

2. Well, I wasn’t worried when my son bought a computer. After all lots of children have parents
(62)_____don’t understand computers. But when my secretary asked me for a computer in _(63)_________ office,
I really became (64)______So I decided to take some lessons in computing and my son became my teacher. He was
very helpful. He invited me to sit down in_(65)__________ of the computer screen. I did not know what it
was_(66)______. When asked him what it was, he said that it was a VDU. I still didn’t know what a VDU was, but I
was too shy _(67)______him anymore. From that moment my memory refused to learn __(68)_____________he
told me a lot of things that I really _(69)________ understand at all. After a few lessons I began to feel tired. I made
_(70)________ excuse, saying that I _(71)__________ a headache. I suggested we should leave the lesson for
another day. Since then I haven’t said anything about the computer to my son and my secretary.

III- Read the following passage and choose the best answer. (0.2x 5=1.0pts)

Nhan and Huong want to know their friends’ favorite free time activities, so they are asking their friends about
what they like to do in their free time. Many of their friends say that usually eat and drink as well as chat with their
friends. They like to talk about many things around them: their teachers, their friends, their families as well as their
favorite musicians, singers, soccer players and movie stars. There are some popular activities after lessons at their
school such as: skipping rope, reading books and playing sports. At home, many of their friends say they like to
watch TV, listen to music or play computer games. They rarely go to the movies. Some of the girls like to go
shopping. Very few of their friends like to do English exercises on the Internet. Many of their friends don’t take part
in art, music club.

72. What do many of Nhan and Huong’s friends usually do in free time?

A. eat, drink and chat. B. go shopping C. go to the movie. D. do English exercises on the Internet.

73. What do their friends like to talk about?

A. their teachers, friends and families B. their favorite musician and singers

C. their favorite soccer players and movie stars D. many things around them

74. Which of the following activities is NOT popular with their friends at school?

A. Skipping rope B. Take part in art, music club

C. Reading books D. Playing sports

75. Which of the following activities is NOT popular with their friends at home?

A. Watching T.V B. Listening to music

C. Do English exercises on the Internet D. Playing computer games

76. What does the passage talk about?

A. Nhan and Huong’s friends B. Free time activities of Nhan and Huong’s friends

C. Nhan and Huong’s school D. Nhan and Huong’s pastimes

PART FOUR: WRITING. (5.0pts)

I- There is a mistake in each sentence. Find and correct it (5x 2 = 1,0pt)

77. Children shouldn’t playing video games.

->..................................................................................................................................

78. My house is between the tall trees.

->...................................................................................................................................

79. Would you want to go to the zoo with us?

->...................................................................................................................................

80. How much is that packet of milk cost?

->...................................................................................................................................
81. He never drinks coffee so it is not good for his health.

->..................................................................................................................................

II - Complete the second sentence, using the word given in brackets so that it has a similar meaning to the first
sentence. Do not change the word given in any way. (0.2 x10 = 2,0pts).

82. Her mother and she walk to school in the morning.

-> Her mother and she go...................................................................................................

83. How much is a bottle of water?

-> What..............................................................................................................................?

84. Let’s dance and sing a song.

-> What about....................................................................................................................?

85. No hotel on the street is newer than this hotel.

-> This hotel.......................................................................................................................

86. Does her school have twenty- three classrooms and eight hundred-eighty students?

-> Are.................................................................................................................................?

87. His house has a living- room, two bedrooms and a kitchen.

-> There...............................................................................................................................

88. What’s your brother’s weight?

->How................................................................................................................................?

89. This building belongs to my brother.

-> This is ............................................................................................................................

90. What time does Mai go to work?

-> When ............................................................................................................................?

91. How high is the Mount Everest?

-> What ...........................................................................................................................?

III. Write a composition (about 80 words) to tell about your mother. (2.0 pts)

……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………

......................................................The end.........................................................................

HƯỚNG DẪN CHẤM ĐỀ THI OLYMPIC LỚP 6

NĂM HỌC 2018 - 2019

MÔN: TIẾNG ANH

PART TWO – PHONETICS: (0.2 x10 = 2.0pts)

I- Choose one word with different pronunciation of the underlined part. Write A, B, C or D in the space provided.
(0.2 x 6 = 1.2pts)

5 B. says

6 B. who

6 C. listen

8 A. game

9 C. question

10 D. chemistry

II- Choose the word with different stress pattern. Write A, B, C or D in the space provided (0.2 x 4 = 0.8pt)

11 A. delicious

12 A. activity

13 C. cartoon

14 C. visit

PART TWO - VOCABULARY AND GRAMMAR. (0.2 X 30 = 6.0pts)

I- Circle the best answer A, B, C or D to complete the sentences: Write A, B, C or D in the box (2.0pts)

15. How…………. rice does he want?

A. many B. much C. any D. about

16. Superstitions still________ an important part of life for many people in Vietnam.
D. take B. play C. do D. give
17. Educated women are likely to get __________ jobs and become more important at home.

A. well-trained B. well-paid C. well-prepared D. well-educated

18. Some people think that married women ________ pursue a career.

A. shouldn’t B. might not C. mustn’t D. may not

19. You ________ pick those flowers. Don’t you see the sign?

A. can’t B. don’t need to C. mustn’t D. needn’t

20. What……….…going by bike to the pagoda?

A. there B. sport C. about D. time

21. When _______ bride wears “something old”, it reminds her of her family and ________ past.

A. an / a B. a / a C. the / the D. a / the

22. This ceremony is known under different names.

D. clever B. fortunate C. traditional D. numerous
23. I don’t have………….apples but I have………….oranges.

A. any- any B. some- any C. some- some D. any- some

24. Don’t throw trash into the river. It……….…water

A. plows B. saves C. damages D. pollutes

II. Write the correct form of the words given in capital letters write the answers in the box (2.0pts)

25. Her birthday is on the……twentieth ….…of September. (TWENTY)

26. There are five…knives….……in the kitchen. (KNIFE)

27. There are a lot of interesting…activities….……in the summer. (ACT)

28. It was the bird’s first _______flight_____________ from the nest. FLY

29. Yesterday we spent a ________peaceful____________ afternoon by the river. PEACE

30. They often play sports. They are very…….sporty…… (SPORT)

31. She’s a good student but she lacks _________confidence___________ . CONFIDENT

32. Stephen Biko was an energetic supporter of the peace movement. ENERGY

33. In my…neighborhood…….…, there is a market, a clinic, a post office and a supermarket. (NEIGHBOR)
34. Air…….pollution……is a big problem in the big cities. (POLLUTE)

III. Give the correct form of the verbs in brackets. Give your answers in the space provided. (1.0pts)

35. How long you ( wait ) . . . have you waited. . ………. . . .. . . . for me? – Just a few minutes.

36. What you ( do ) . . . . .did you do . . . …….... . . . after you ( go ) . . ……had gone . . . . . .. . . . home yesterday?

37. He often ( say ) . . . . . . says. . .. . . . OK when he ( talk ) .. . . talks….. . . .. . . . with the guests

38. Tom ( not come ) . . . . …wont come……….. . . . .. . . . here tomorrow

39. Trees ( plant ) . . . .. . has been planted. . …….. . . . since it ( stop ) . . . . stopped…….. . . .. . . . raining

40. Someone ( cut ) . . . ……has cut…... . .. . . . down all the trees in the garden

IV. Fill in the blanks with the correct prepositions (0.2 x 5 = 1.0 pts).

40. We always go……….…the city center…….……our own car.

41. I’d like to stay……….…home tonight. Is there anything interesting…….……T.V?

42. The Red River flows…..……..the Gulf of Tonkin.

43. John is often late…….……school but I’m always early.

44. Let’s listen…….……some music……….…the radio.

40.to- by 41. at- on 42. into 43. for

54.to- in

PART FOUR- READING: (6. 0 pts)

I- Circle best option A, B, C or D to complete the following passage (0.2 x 10 = 2.0 pts)

Kate has three (45) …………..a day: breakfast, lunch and dinner. She usually (46) ………….. breakfast at home. She has
bread, eggs and milk (47) ………….. breakfast. (48) ………….. school, Lan and her friends always (49) ………….. lunch at
one o’clock. They often have fish or meat, vegetables for lunch. Kate has dinner (50) ………….. her parents at home
at 7 o’clock. They often have meat or fish, bread, chicken (51) ………….. vegetables for dinner. After dinner, they eat
(52) ………….. fruits or cakes. Kate (53) ………….. dinner because it is a big and happy meal of the day. Her family goes
out for dinner (54) ………….. a month.

55. A. breakfast B. lunch C. meals D. cooking

56. A. have B. has C. do D. does

57. A. on B. in C. to D. for

58. A. At B. In C. On D. For
 59. A. has B. have C. having D. to have

60. A. to B. for C. with D. and

61. A. and B. or C. to D. in

62. A. a B. an C. any D. some

63. A. like B. likes C. to like D. not like

64. A. one B. one time C. once D. once time

II. Fill in each blank with ONE suitable word to complete the passage (4.0pts)

Dear Mai,

I am writing Ha Long Bay with my family (55) ………..…June 12 th to 20th. (56) ………..…you have a double room with a
shower for these days? How (57) ………..…is the room? We would like (58) ………..…room facing the sea if it is
possible. We (59) ………..…eat meat but we (60) ………..…all other kinds of food.

We are arriving (61) ………..…Ha Long Bay (62) ………..…about six o’clock on Monday evening. We plan to leave the
hotel (63) ………..…Sunday morning.

I (64)… ………..forward to hearing from you soon.

Love

Nga

55. from 56. Do 57. much

58. a 59. can’t 60. like

61. to 62. at 63. on

64. look/ am looking

2. Well, I wasn’t worried when my son bought a computer. After all lots of children have parents
(1)_____don’t understand computers. But when my secretary asked me for a computer in _(2)_________ office, I
really became (3)______So I decided to take some lessons in computing and my son became my teacher. He was
very helpful. He invited me to sit down in_(4)__________ of the computer screen. I did not know what it
was_(5)______. When asked him what it was, he said that it was a VDU. I still didn’t know what a VDU was, but I
was too shy _(6)______him anymore. From that moment my memory refused to learn __(7)_____________he told
me a lot of things that I really _(8)________ understand at all. After a few lessons I began to feel tired. I made
_(9)________ excuse, saying that I _(10)__________ a headache. I suggested we should leave the lesson for
another day. Since then I haven’t said anything about the computer to my son and my secretary.

2. who 2. The 3. worried 4. front 5.. called 6. to ask 7. Because

8. Didn’t 9. an 10. Had
III- Read the following passage and choose the best answer. (0.2x 5=1.0pts)

Nhan and Huong want to know their friends’ favorite free time activities, so they are asking their friends about
what they like to do in their free time. Many of their friends say that usually eat and drink as well as chat with their
friends. They like to talk about many things around them: their teachers, their friends, their families as well as their
favorite musicians, singers, soccer players and movie stars. There are some popular activities after lessons at their
school such as: skipping rope, reading books and playing sports. At home, many of their friends say they like to
watch TV, listen to music or play computer games. They rarely go to the movies. Some of the girls like to go
shopping. Very few of their friends like to do English exercises on the Internet. Many of their friends don’t take part
in art, music club.

65. What do many of Nhan and Huong’s friends usually do in free time?

A. eat, drink and chat. B. go shopping

C. go to the movie. D. do English exercises on the Internet.

66. What do their friends like to talk about?

A. their teachers, friends and families B. their favorite musician and singers

C. their favorite soccer players and D. many things around them

movie stars

67. Which of the following activities is NOT popular with their friends at school?

A. Skipping rope B. Take part in art, music club

C. Reading books D. Playing sports

68. Which of the following activities is NOT popular with their friends at home?

A. Watching T.V B. Listening to music

C. Do English exercises on the Internet D. Playing computer games

69. What does the passage talk about?

A. Nhan and Huong’s friends B. Free time activities of Nhan and Huong’s friends

C. Nhan and Huong’s school D. Nhan and Huong’s pastimes

65. A 66. D 67. B 68. C 69. B

PART FIVE: WRITING. (5.0pts)

I- There is a mistake in each sentence. Find and correct it (5x 2 = 1,0pt)

70. Children shouldn’t playing video games.

->..................................play...................................................................................

71. My house is between the tall trees.

->.......................among..........................................................................................

72. Would you want to go to the zoo with us?

->......................like.................................................................................................

73. How much is that packet of milk cost?

->....................does..................................................................................................

74. He never drinks coffee so it is not good for his health.

->.......................................because..........................................................................

II - Complete the second sentence, using the word given in brackets so that it has a similar meaning to the first
sentence. Do not change the word given in any way.

(0.2 x10 = 2,0pts).

75. Her mother and she walk to school in the morning.

-> Her mother and she go to school in the morning on foot.

76. How much is a bottle of water?

-> What is the price of a bowl of water?

77. Let’s dance and sing a song.

-> What about dancing and singing a song?

78. No hotel on the street is newer than this hotel.

-> This hotel is the newest on the street.

79. Does her school have twenty- three classrooms and eight hundred-eighty students?

-> Are there twenty- three classrooms and eight hundred- eighty students in her school?

80. His house has a living- room, two bedrooms and a kitchen.

-> There is a living- room, two bedrooms and a kitchen in his house.

81. What’s your brother’s weight?

->How heavy is your brother?

82. This building belongs to my brother.

-> This is my brother’s building.

83. What time does Mai go to work?

-> When does Mai go to work?

84. How high is the Mount Everest?

-> What is the height of the Mount Everest?

III. Write a composition (about 80 words) to describe about your mother. (2.0 pts)

(don’t show your name, your school or your village)

The essay must have at least three ideas below.

1. Mở bài: Giới thiệu được về mẹ của em. (được 0,5 điểm)

2. Thân bài: Nêu được hình dáng, tính cách, nghề nghiệp, tuổi tác của mẹ và mẹ thường chăm sóc em như thế nào
(được 1 điểm).

3. Kết luận: Nói được tình cảm của em với mẹ. (được 0,5 điểm)
 PHÒNG GD&ĐT KIỂM TRA CHẤT LƯỢNG HỌC SINH GIỎI

TRƯỜNG THCS NĂM HỌC 2018– 2019

TIẾNG ANH LỚP 6 CHƯƠNG TRÌNH MỚI

Thời gian làm bài: 120 phút

SECTION A: PHONETICS (10pts)

I. Choose the word whose underlined part is pronounced differently from the others in each
group.

1. A. peace B. east C. mean D. pear

2. A. sure B. sugar C. sing D. mission
3. A. chocolate B. classmate C. lemonade D. participate
4. A. parks B. stamps C. cats D. cars
5. A. bank B. plane C. travel D. math
6. A. armchair B. sandwich C. chocolate D. school
7. A. ahead B. white C. behind D. hungry
8. A. stadium B. accident C. finally D. animal
9. A. round B. couch C. routine D. housework
10. A. breathe B. rhythm C. although D. worth

SECTION B: READING
I. Complete the telephone conversation between two friends. What does Jack say to Andrew?
Write the letter (A-H) on the space provided. (5.0 pt)

Example : Andrew: Hi, Jack. It’s Andrew.

Jack: 0. ___C___
Andrew: Oh, sorry. I’m phoning about the skateboarding A. I’d like a new one but I
competition this afternoon. don’t think I’m good
enough to win.
Jack: (1) ____________________
B. I didn’t see it. Is the
Andrew: Really? There was some information about it in our club
competition on all
magazine.
afternoon?
Jack: (2) ____________________
C. Hi, you’re calling early!
Andrew: Just from 2.30 till 5 p.m. They give out prizes at 6 p.m.
D. Do the winners get CDs
Jack: (3) ____________________ like last year?

Andrew: The prizes are better this time. The top prize is a E. I wasn’t very good then.
skateboard.
F. I didn’t know that was
Jack: (4) ____________________ today.

Andrew: You’re much better than you were last year. G. I haven’t got one of those.

Jack: (5) ____________________ H. Maybe, we’ll see. Shall we

meet in the park at 2.00?
Andrew: Great! See you then.

II. Read the letter and fill in the missing words (10pts)

Dear Mom and Dad,

Hi . I’m on (1) ______ in Viet Nam with Ted and Bob. We (2) ____ in Da Lat yesterday. It is
a very beautiful city and is known as the (3) _______ of Eternal Spring. Da Lat is very famous (4)
_____ its water , lakes , and flower gardens . The first two days the weather was fine, warm and
sunny, so we did some sightseeing. I (5) ____ a lot of photos . On Thursday we went shopping.
Everything was cheap, so we (6) _____ lots of souvenirs and two nice sweaters for you . In the
evening we had (7) ________ at a lovely little restaurant and then went to a coffeehouse to (8)
_____ Trung Nguyen Coffee. Last night we went to the theater (9) _______ didn’t get back until
11 pm. So we got up late this morning and decided to have a relaxing (10) _____ at the hotel. So,
that’s where I’m now .

Love,

Peter .
III. Read the following passage. (10pt)
 NOISY NEIGHBOURS
Do you sometimes have problems with your neighbours such as noise or littering ? Well, the
people of Pilton in Somerset, England have such problems every summer. For three or four
days every year, the village is full of people of all ages who come here for the annual
Glastonbury pop music festival. They usually stay in tents , Caravans and motor homes. They
leave drink cans and papers all over the streets. The music plays until the early hours of the
morning , and you can hear people talking and singing all night. The quiet country village
becomes a nightmare to live in and some villagers are even thinking of moving to another
village. A villager said last year : “ I don’t want to stop the Glastonbury Festival. I just want the
fans to enjoy the festival without disturbing normal village life ”.
* Choose the best answers.
1 What happens in Pilton, Somerset every summer ?
A. The neighbours are noisy. B. There are many villagers.
C. There is a pop music festival. D. The villagers litter the streets.
2 Visitors litter the streets with ________________
A. tents. B. caravans
C. motor homes D. cans and papers
3 How long is the pop music festival every year ?
A. One night B. The whole summer.
C. Three or four days. D. The whole year
4 What is Pilton like during the rest of the year ?
A A noisy place. B. A quite village
C. A nightmare. D. A music concert
5 The villagers just want to ________________________
A have a normal life as usual. B. stop the fans enjoying the festival.
C. move far away. D. put an end to the festival
SECTION C: GRAMMAR AND VOCABULARY.
I. Choose the correct answer from A,B,C or D to complete each sentence below.(10pts)

1. You must learn the____________ of the game before playing.

A. rules B. laws C. agreements D. sayings

2. Hanh is usually early _________ school because she gets up early.

A. on B. for C. at D. to
3. We usually play football in the winter _____________ it is cold.

A. when B. where C. so D. time

4. “What would you like to drink now ? “ - “ _____________.”

A. No, thank you B. Yes, please C. I like to do nothing D. Orange juice, please
5. If you read more, your vocabulary will get ____________ every day.
 A. good B. well C. better D. best
6. Would you like me to turn off your computer? ” “- _________ . I’ll do it myself ”

A. No, thanks B. Yes, please C. Don’t do it D. Of course

7. ___________ do you go to the library? – Every weekend.

A. How B. How much C. How many times D. How often

8. “I’ve just received a scholarship.” “- ___________ ! ”.

A. Really B. Thank you C. Congratulations D. Well

9. I don’t want much sugar in coffee. Just______________, please.

A. a little B. little C. a few D. few

10. __________ eat too much salt. It’s not good for you.

A. Do B. Don’t C. Please D. Can’t

II. Use the correct form of the words given in the end of the sentence to finish the sentence.
(10pts)
1. You shouldn’t eat ……………….food. HEALTH

2. We mustn’t be ……………….when we cross busy streets. CARE

3. She often feels …………………when she gets bad marks. HAPPY

4. Mai is ……………….…….at math than me. GOOD

5. Yesterday we spent a…………………… afternoon by the river. PEACE

6. They often play sports. They are very…….……….… SPORT

7. She’s a good student but she lacks ………………………. . CONFIDENT

8. Stephen Biko was an …………………….. supporter of the peace movement. ENERGY
9. Air…….…………..…is a big problem in the big cities. POLLUTE

10. I like the city life because there are many kinds of ..................... ENTERTAIN

III. Give the correct form of the verb in the blankets (10 pts)
a. Who often (1-take) ..................you to school when you (2- be )............at primary school?

b. He doesn’t want (3-get)............................................up early.

c. Is she good at (4-sing)......................................................?

d. We (5-not go)............................to school tomorrow morning.

 e. Why (6-you/not stay).............................................................at home last night?
f. She (7- not visit) …………….….her uncle since she (8- leave ) …………. for Ha Noi.
g. Thanks for ( 9- let ) ............................me borrow your camera .

h. I (10- bring) .........................the book back to you after I finish it next week.

IV. Each of the following sentences has a mistake. Find and correct them.(10pts)
1. Don’t eat too many salt because it is not good for you.
2. Which programme do you like best: Wildlife or Science?
3. He has learned how to swim since two years.
4. My hometown is the best beautiful place in the world.
5. The children look very exciting while playing games during break time.
6. There are some orange juice and some milk to drink after dinner.
7. What nice dress you have!
8. How many homework do you usually get after each class every day?
9. Many girls and women play aerobics to keep fit.
10. My mother has a long black hair
SECTION D: WRITING
I. Rewrite the second sentence so that the meaning is similar to the first one.(10pts)
1. Nam is the best at English in his class.
 Nobody in Nam’s class ________________________________________________
2. It’s not a good idea when students copy other students’ work.
 Students should _________________________________________
3. How many classrooms are there in your school?
 How many classrooms does_____________________________________________
4. We started to study English four years ago.
 We have ________________________________________________
5. Her hair is long and black.
 She ___________________________________________________
6. My students do the test very well because it is easy.
 The test ________________________________________________
7. We took a train to Liverpool last Saturday
 We got_____________________________________________
8. Nga likes table tennis most .
 Table tennis ________________________________________________
9. Could you tell me how to get to the City’s Exhibition, please?.
 Could you show ___________________________________________________
10. We stop the football match because of the bad weather.
=> Because the weather ________________________________________________
II. Write an essay of 100 – 120 words about the Tet festival in your country (10 pts)
 Time
  Reasons to celebrate Tet
 Activities before Tet and during Tet holiday
 Your feeling
III. You are Phong and you are on holiday in Nha Trang now, write a postcard to your friend
– Minh to talk about the city where you are staying (5 pts)

KEYS + MARKS (Tổng điểm : 100 : 5 = 20 điểm)

SECTION A: PHONETICS (10 POINTS )

Choose the word whose underlined part is pronounced differently from the others in each group.

1-D 2-C 3-A 4-D 5-B

6-D 7-B 8-C 9-C 10-D
SECTION B: READING ( 25 POINTS )

I. Complete the telephone conversation between two friends. What does Jack say to Andrew?

( 5.0points )
 1-F 2-B 3-D 4-A 5-H

II. Read the letter and fill in the missing words ( 10 points )

1-holiday 2- arrived 3- city 4- for 5- took

6- bought 7- dinner 8-enjoy/ drink 9- and 10- day/ time

III. Read the following passage and choose the best answer( 10 points )
1-A 2-D 3-C 4-B 5-A
SECTION C: GRAMMAR AND VOCABULARY. ( 40 points )
I. Choose the correct answer from A,B,C or D to complete each sentence below.( 10 points )
1-A 2-B 3-A 4-D 5-C
6-A 7-D 8-C 9-A 10-B

II. Use the correct form of the words given to finish the sentences..( 10 points )
1- unhealthy 2-careless 3-unhappy 4-better 5-peaceful
6-sporty 7-confidence 8-energetic 9-pollution 10-entertainment
III. Give the correct form of the verb in the blankets.( 10 points )
1.took 2-were 3-to get 4-singing 5-won’t go/ aren’t going
6-didn’t you stay/ did you 7-hasn’t visited 8-left 9-letting 10-will bring
not stay
IV. Each of the following sentences has a mistake. Find and correct them.( 10 points )
MISTAKE CORRECTION MISTAKE CORRECTION

1.many much 6.are is

2.best better/ more 7.nice a nice

3.since for 8. many much

4.best most 9. play do

5.exciting excited 10.a long long

SECTION D: WRITING (25 points )

I. Rewrite the second sentence so that the meanings is similar to the first one.( 10 points )
1. Nobody in Nam’s class is as good at English as him/ better at English than him.
2. Students should not copy other students’ work.
3. How many classrooms does your school have ?
4. We have studied English for four years
5. She has long black hair.
6. The test is easy so my students do it very well.
7. We got to Liverpool by train last Saturday.
8. Table tennis is Nga’s favorite sport.
 9. Could you show me the way to get to the City’s Exhibition, please?
10. Because the weather is bad, we stop the football match.
II. Write an essay of 100 – 120 words about the Tet festival in your country ( 10 points )
III. You are Phong and you are on holiday in Nha Trang now, write a postcard to
your friend – Minh to talk about the city where you are staying (5 pts)

PHÒNG GIÁO DỤC VÀ ĐÀO TẠO ĐỀ THI HỌC SINH GIỎI

NĂM HỌC 2017-2018

Môn: Tiếng Anh - Lớp 6

I. Choose the best answer.(20 pts)

1. There are five …………. in one hand.

A. fingers B. arms C. toes D. feet

2. How..............................kilos of beef does she want?

A. many B. much C. often D. about

3. His father is waiting ..............................a bus.

A. to B. for C. of D. at

4. The room of my parents is small. “The room of my parents” means:

A. my room’s parents B. my parents’s room

C. my parents’ room D. my room’ parents

5. How.......................oranges would you like? - Six please. And ....................... tea.

A. much/some B. many/any C. much/any D. many/some

6. We go there by car and they go..................... foot.

A. on B. by C. to D. with

7. Listen! Who................................... to your sister?

A. is going to talk B. talks C. does talk D. is talking

8. .....................................go to the zoo? - That’s a good idea!

A. What do we B. Would you like

C. Why don’t we D. Are we going to

9. Fall means ..............................in British English.

A. summer B. winter C. spring D. autumn

10. Don't forget to buy five .............. of bread!

A. bottles B. loaves C. cans D. bars

11. They buy some fruit but ............. vegetables.

A. some B. any C. little D. no

12. It's seven thirty and Minh is late ................ school.

A. for B. at C. to D. in

13. Lan combs her ............ every morning.

A. face B. nose C. hair D. mouth

14. There is a ............... water in the bottle.

A. much B. lot C. little D. few

15. Is there .............. else you want?

A. a B. an C. some D. anything

16. My sister and I ............................. television in the living - room now.

A. am watching B. are watching C. is watching D. watching

* Which word has the underlined part pronounced differently from the others?

17. A. these B. brother C. think D. that

18. A. change B. Christmas C. school D. chemistry

19. A. car B. city C. cook D. cake

20. A. flower B. town C. know D. brown

II. Use the information about Ann in the box to complete the dialogue. (10 pts)

Mon Tues Wed Thurs Fri Sat Sun

Language Study for test Guitar lesson TV Movie camping rest

 class

Mary: What (1)…………………………………….next week, Ann?

Ann: I’m very busy indeed. On Monday (2)…………………………………

Mary: Are you? Do you go to language class every Monday?

Ann: Yes, I do

Mary: What (3)……………………………………………….Tuesday evening?

Ann: I’m staying at home to study (4)…………………………………….…..

Mary: (5)…………………………………………free on Wednesday night?

Ann: No, I’m not. I always have (6)……………………………..Wednesdays.

Mary: Do you ever stay at home and (7)……………………………..….?

Ann: Yes, I’m doing that on Thursday. But on Friday, I’m not (8) ………… I’m going (9)
………………………………with Sarah.

Mary: Surely you are staying at home on the weekend.

Ann: Well, On Saturday I’m (10)………..…..but on Sunday I’m taking a rest.

III. What do you say in these situations? (10 pts)

1. What do you say when you want to know the way to the post office?- "................"

2. What do you say when you want to go out? - "........................................................"

3. What do you say when you want to know the price of a book? - ".........................."

4. What do you say when you want to know the time now? - "..................................."

5. What do you say when you want to know the weather today? - "............................"

6. What do you say when you want to invite your friend home for dinner? - "..........."

7. What do you say when you want to borrow your friend's ruler? - "........................"

8. What do you say when you want to know your friend's phone number? - "............"

9. What do you say when you want to help someone? - "..........................................."

10. What do you say when you want to know the distance between Ha Noi and Da Nang? -
"......................................................................................................................."
IV. Supply the correct form of the word in capital.(20 pts)

1. My birthday is on the ................................ of September. TWENTY

2. There are four ..................................... in my bedroom. BOOKSHELF

3. The ........................language of Vietnam is Vietnamese. NATION

4. In my ......................, there is a supermarket, a hotel and a park. NEIGHBOR

5. There are a lot of interesting............................ in the summer. ACT

6. Viet Nam has plenty of ...................................... beaches. BEAUTY

7. Mount Everest is the ............................. mountain in the world. HIGH

8. Lan’s mother goes ................................... twice a week. SHOP

9. My parents work at a Secondary School. They are ...... of English. TEACH

10. I go to visit my grandparents ..................... a month. ONE

11. He is a …………… person, so he sometimes has accidents. CARE

12. He is ……………………in learning English. INTEREST

13. They are good ............................................................... STUDY

14. He often plays sports. He is very .................................. SPORT

15. My classroom is on the ...... ……………….floor. THREE

16.Has your sister got a .................. ? She looks tired. HEAD

17. This is my favorite chair. It’s so .......... COMFORT

18. Nobody in my class is ......................than Thuy GOOD

19. This tree has a lot of green .................... . LEAF

20. His ambition is to be a ..................... one day. MILLION

V. Fill in each gap with a suitable word given.(10 pts)

I live in a house near the sea. It is ...(1)... old house, about 100 years old and...(2)... very small. There are
two bedrooms upstairs...(3)... no bathroom. The bathroom is downstairs ... (4)... the kitchen and there is a living
room where there is a lovely old fire place. There is a garden...(5)... the house. The garden...(6)... down to the beach
and in spring and summer...(7)... flowers every where. I live alone...(8)... my dog, Rack, but we have a lot of visitors.
My city friends often stay with...(9)...

I love my house for... (10)... reasons: the garden, the flowers in summer, the fee in winter, but the best
thing is the view from my bedroom window.

1 A. a B. an C. the D. any

2 A. It's B. It C. there's D. They're

3 A. and B. or C. but D. too

4 A. between B. next C. near to D. next to

5 A. in front B. front of C. of front in D. in front of

6 A. go B. going C. goes D. in goes

7 A. there are B. they are C. there are D. those are

8 A. for B. of C. on D. with

9 A. me B. I C. my D. I'm

10 A. a B. any C. many D. a lot

VI. Fill in each gap with ONE suitable word. (10 pts)

Mr. Tuan is…………(1) engineer in a big factory. He lives in a small apartment…………(2) the fifth floor of a
building in Ho Chi Minh City. The factory is (3)……… near his house, so he goes to work by bus. He ……….(4) home at
7 o’clock to arrive to work at 7.45. …………(5) is Saturday morning now, and Mr. Tuan is…………..(6) home, in bed.
On Saturdays he………..(7) up at a quarter to seven. Then he sits in the living room and………..(8) breakfast. On
Saturday afternoons he………….(9) tennis or goes swimming. On Saturday evenings, he (10)………. stay at home, he
usually goes out.
VII. Rearrange the words to make meaningful sentences. (10 pts)

1. stay / grandparents / vacation / are / with / next / we / to / our / going / summer/.

………………………………………………………………………......................

2. in / the / Nile River / the / longest / the / is / world / river /.

………………………………………………………………………………………

3. good / the / there / let’s / and / time / beach / go / have / to / a /.

……………………………………………………………………………………...
4. small / thin / sister / white / and / his / lips / teeth / has /.

....................................................................................................................................

5. "No parking" / here /, so / sign / mustn’t / says / park / this / we/ .

...................................................................................................................................

6. happy / always / John / home / feels / when / he / comes / .

...................................................................................................................................

7. sister / home / rides/ and / my/ at / has/ and / lunch/ twelve / a / to / quarter/ .

..................................................................................................................................

8. usually / notebook / cheaper / dictionary / a / a / is / than / .

...................................................................................................................................

9. isn't / water / much / bottle / there / the / in / .

...................................................................................................................................

10. still / more / hungry / need / some / I / and / am / rice / I / .

....................................................................................................................................

VIII. Rewrite sentences as directed so that the meaning stay the same.(10 pts)

1. Is there a colorful picture in your room?

Has ………………………………………………………...……..................?

2. How much is a bowl of noodles?

How much does ................................................................................................

3. Let's go out for a walk.

Why ...................................................................................................................?

4. I like beef and vegetables best.

Beef ....................................................................................................................

5. That pencil belongs to Hoa.

Hoa is……………………………......................................................................

6. What is the age of this building?.

 How .................................................................................................................. ?

7. The Mekong river is longer than the Red river.

The red river ……………………………………………...................................

8. I spend two hours a day doing my homework.

It........................................................................................................................

9. No one in my class is as beautiful as Hoa.

Hoa....................................................................................................................

10. How heavy is that big bag?

How much.........................................................................................................?

The end

PHÒNG GIÁO DỤC VÀ ĐÀO TẠO HƯỚNG DẪN CHẤM THI HỌC SINH GIỎI

NĂM HỌC 2017-2018

Môn: Tiếng Anh - Lớp 6

I. Choose the best answer.(20 pts)

1. A2. A 3. B 4.C 5. D 6. A 7. D

8. C 9. D 10. B 11. D 12. A 13. C 14. C

15. D 16. B 17. C 18. A 19. B 20. C

II. Use the information in the box to complete the dialogue. (10 pts)

1. What are you going to do ...? 2. I am going to language class.

3. What about/ are you going to do on...? 4. for tests. 5. Are you... 6. guitar lesson on...

7. watch TV? 8. free/ going to watch TV 9. to the movies... 10. going camping
III. What do you say in these situations? (10 pts)

1. Where is the post office?/ Could/ Can you show me the way to the post office?

2. May I go out? 3. How much is this book? /.../... 4. That time is it?/ .../...

5. What is the weather like today? How is the weather today?

6. Would you like to come to my house for dinner (tonight)?

7. Can I borrow your ruler? /.../.../ 8. What is your telephone number? /... /...

9. Can I help you?/ What can I do for you? ../.../

10. How far is it from...to..../ what is the distance between... and...?

IV. Supply the correct form of the word in capital.(20 pts)

1. twentieth 2. bookshelves 3. national 4. neighborhood

5. activities 6. beautiful 7. highest 8. shopping

9. teachers 10. once 11. careless 12. interested

13. students 14. sporty 15. third 16. headache

17. comfortable18. better 19. leaves 20. millionaire

V. Fill in each gap with a suitable word given.(10 pts)

1. B 2. A 3. C 4. D 5. D 6. C 7. A/C

8. D 9. A 10. C

VI. Fill in each gap with ONE suitable word. (10 pts)

1. an 2. on 3. not 4. leaves 5. It 6. at 7. gets

8. has/eats 9. plays 10. doesn't

VII. Rearrange the words to make meaningful sentences. (10 pts)

1. We are going to stay with our grandparents next summer vacation.

2. The Nile River is the longest river in the world.

3. Let's go to the beach and have a good time there.

4. His sister has thin lips and small white teeth.

5. This sign says "No parking", so we mustn't park here.

6. John always feels happy when he comes home.(.....)

7. My sister rides home and has lunch at a quarter to twelve.

8. A notebook is usually cheaper than a dictionary.

9. There isn't much water in the bottle.

10. I am still hungry and I deed some more rice.

VIII. Rewrite sentences as directed so that the meaning stay the same.(10 pts)

1. Has your room got a colorful picture?

2. How much does a bowl of noodles cost?

3. Why don't we go out for a walk?

4. Beef and vegetables are my favorite food.

5. Hoa is the owner of that pencil.

6. How old is this building?

7. The Red river is shorter than the Mekong river./The Red river isn't as/so long as...

8. It takes me two hours a day to do my homework.

9. Hoa is the most beautiful in my class.

10. How much does that big bag weigh?

ENGLISH PRACTICE N0. 1

PART ONE – PHONETICS: (0.2 x10 = 2.0pts)

I- Choose one word with different pronunciation of the underlined part. Write A, B, C or D in the space provided.
(0.2 x 6 = 1.2pts)

1 A. plays B. says C. days D. stays

2 A. what B. who C. where D. when

3 A. sport B. start C. listen D. eat

4 A. game B. geography C. vegetable D. change

5 A. station B. intersection C. question D. invitation

6 A. teacher B. children C. lunch D. chemistry

II- Choose the word with different stress pattern. Write A, B, C or D in the space provided (0.8pt)

7 A. delicious B. difficult C. dangerous D. different

 8 A. activity B. badminton C. basketball D. aerobics

9 A. sandwich B. chocolate C. cartoon D. toothpaste

10 A. correct B. receive C. visit D. unload

PART TWO - VOCABULARY AND GRAMMAR. (0.2 X 30 = 6.0pts)

I- Circle the best answer A, B, C or D to complete the sentences: Write A, B, C or D in the box (2.0pts)

11. How…………. rice does he want?

A. many B. much C. any D. about

12. Superstitions still________ an important part of life for many people in Vietnam.

 take B. play C. do D. give

13. Educated women are likely to get __________ jobs and become more important at home.

A. well-trained B. well-paid C. well-prepared D. well-educated

14. Some people think that married women ________ pursue a career.

A. shouldn’t B. might not C. mustn’t D. may not

15. You ________ pick those flowers. Don’t you see the sign?

A. can’t B. don’t need to C. mustn’t D. needn’t

16. What……….…going by bike to the pagoda?

A. there B. sport C. about D. time

17. When _______ bride wears “something old”, it reminds her of her family and ________ past.

A. an / a B. a / a C. the / the D. a / the

18. This ceremony is known under different names.

 clever B. fortunate C. traditional D. numerous

19. I don’t have………….apples but I have………….oranges.

A. any-any B. some-any C. some-some D. any-some

20. Don’t throw trash into the river. It……….…water.

A. plows B. saves C. damages D. pollutes

II. Write the correct form of the words given in capital letters write the answers in the box (2.0pts)
21. Her birthday is on the……….…of September. (TWENTY)

22. There are five…….……in the kitchen. (KNIFE)

23. There are a lot of interesting…….……in the summer. (ACT)

24. It was the bird’s first ____________________ from the nest. (FLY)

25. Yesterday we spent a ____________________ afternoon by the river. (PEACE)

26. They often play sports. They are very…….…… (SPORT)

27. She’s a good student but she lacks ____________________ . (CONFIDENT)

28. Stephen Biko was an ____________________ supporter of the peace movement. (ENERGY)

29. In my……….…, there is a market, a clinic, a post office and a supermarket. (NEIGHBOR)

30. Air…….……is a big problem in the big cities. (POLLUTE)

II. Give the correct form of the verbs in brackets. Give your answers in the space provided. (1.0pts)

31. How long you ( wait ) . . . . . ………. . . .. . . . for me? – Just a few minutes.

32. What you ( do ) . . . . . . . . …….... . . . after you ( go ) . . …… . . . . . .. . . . home yesterday?

33. He often ( say ) . . . . . . . . .. . . . OK when he ( talk ) .. . . ….. . . .. . . . with the guests

34. Tom ( not come ) . . . . ………….. . . . .. . . . here tomorrow

35. Trees ( plant ) . . . .. . . . …….. . . . since it ( stop ) . . . . …….. . . .. . . . raining

36. Someone ( cut ) . . . ………... . .. . . . down all the trees in the garden

IV. Fill in the blanks with the correct prepositions (0.2 x 5 = 1.0 pts).

37. We always go……….…the city center…….……our own car.

38. I’d like to stay……….…home tonight. Is there anything interesting…….……T.V?

39. The Red River flows…..……..the Gulf of Tonkin.

40. John is often late…….……school but I’m always early.

41. Let’s listen…….……some music……….…the radio.

PART THREE- READING: (6.0 pts)

I- Circle best option A, B, C or D to complete the following passage (0.2 x 10 = 2.0 pts)

Kate has three (42) …………..a day: breakfast, lunch and dinner. She usually (43) ………….. breakfast at home. She has
bread, eggs and milk (44) …………..breakfast. (45)……..school, Lan and her friends always (46) …………..lunch at one
o’clock. They often have fish or meat, vegetables for lunch. Kate has dinner (47) ………….. her parents at home at 7
o’clock. They often have meat or fish, bread, chicken (48) …….. vegetables for dinner. After dinner, they eat (49)
………….. fruits or cakes. Kate (50) ………….. dinner because it is a big and happy meal of the day. Her family goes out
for dinner (51) ……….. a month.

1. A. breakfast B. lunch C. meals D. cooking

2. A. have B. has C. do D. does

3. A. on B. in C. to D. for

4. A. At B. In C. On D. For

5. A. has B. have C. having D. to have

6. A. to B. for C. with D. and

7. A. and B. or C. to D. in

8. A. a B. an C. any D. some

9. A. like B. likes C. to like D. not like

10. A. one B. one time C. once D. once time

II. Fill in each blank with ONE suitable word to complete the passage (4.0pts)

11. Dear Mai,

I am writing Ha Long Bay with my family (52) …….…June 12 th to 20th. (53) …….…you have a double room with a
shower for these days? How (54) ………..…is the room? We would like (55) ……..…room facing the sea if it is possible.
We (56) …..…eat meat but we (57) ………..…all other kinds of food.

We are arriving (58) ………..…Ha Long Bay (59) ……..…about six o’clock on Monday evening. We plan to leave the
hotel (60) ………..…Sunday morning.

I (61)… ………..forward to hearing from you soon.

Love, Nga

2. Well, I wasn’t worried when my son bought a computer. After all lots of children have parents
(62)_____don’t understand computers. But when my secretary asked me for a computer in _(63)_________ office,
I really became (64)______So I decided to take some lessons in computing and my son became my teacher. He was
very helpful. He invited me to sit down in_(65)__________ of the computer screen. I did not know what it
was_(66)______. When asked him what it was, he said that it was a VDU. I still didn’t know what a VDU was, but I
was too shy _(67)______him anymore. From that moment my memory refused to learn __(68)_____________he
told me a lot of things that I really _(69)________ understand at all. After a few lessons I began to feel tired. I made
_(70)________ excuse, saying that I _(71)__________ a headache. I suggested we should leave the lesson for
another day. Since then I haven’t said anything about the computer to my son and my secretary.

III- Read the following passage and choose the best answer. (0.2x 5=1.0pts)

Nhan and Huong want to know their friends’ favorite free time activities, so they are asking their friends about
what they like to do in their free time. Many of their friends say that usually eat and drink as well as chat with their
friends. They like to talk about many things around them: their teachers, their friends, their families as well as their
favorite musicians, singers, soccer players and movie stars. There are some popular activities after lessons at their
school such as: skipping rope, reading books and playing sports. At home, many of their friends say they like to
watch TV, listen to music or play computer games. They rarely go to the movies. Some of the girls like to go
shopping. Very few of their friends like to do English exercises on the Internet. Many of their friends don’t take part
in art, music club.

72. What do many of Nhan and Huong’s friends usually do in free time?

A. eat, drink and chat. B. go shopping

C. go to the movie. D. do English exercises on the Internet.

73. What do their friends like to talk about?

A. their teachers, friends and families B. their favorite musician and singers

C. their favorite soccer players and movie stars D. many things around them

74. Which of the following activities is NOT popular with their friends at school?

A. Skipping rope B. Take part in art, music club

C. Reading books D. Playing sports

75. Which of the following activities is NOT popular with their friends at home?

A. Watching T.V B. Listening to music

C. Do English exercises on the Internet D. Playing computer games

76. What does the passage talk about?

A. Nhan and Huong’s friends B. Free time activities of Nhan and Huong’s friends

C. Nhan and Huong’s school D. Nhan and Huong’s pastimes

PART FOUR: WRITING. (5.0pts)

I- There is a mistake in each sentence. Find and correct it (5x 2 = 1,0pt)

77. Children shouldn’t playing video games.

->..................................................................................................................................

78. My house is between the tall trees.

->...................................................................................................................................

79. Would you want to go to the zoo with us?

->...................................................................................................................................

80. How much is that packet of milk cost?

->...................................................................................................................................

81. He never drinks coffee so it is not good for his health.

->..................................................................................................................................

II - Complete the second sentence, using the word given in brackets so that it has a similar meaning to the first
sentence. Do not change the word given in any way. (0.2 x10 = 2,0pts).

82. Her mother and she walk to school in the morning.

-> Her mother and she go...................................................................................................

83. How much is a bottle of water?

-> What..............................................................................................................................?

84. Let’s dance and sing a song.

-> What about....................................................................................................................?

85. No hotel on the street is newer than this hotel.

-> This hotel.......................................................................................................................

86. Does her school have twenty- three classrooms and eight hundred-eighty students?

-> Are.................................................................................................................................?

87. His house has a living- room, two bedrooms and a kitchen.

-> There...............................................................................................................................

88. What’s your brother’s weight?

->How................................................................................................................................?

89. This building belongs to my brother.

-> This is ............................................................................................................................

90. What time does Mai go to work?

-> When ............................................................................................................................?

91. How high is the Mount Everest?

-> What ...........................................................................................................................?

III. Write a composition (about 80 words) to tell about your mother. (2.0 pts)

……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………...
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………...
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………...
 ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………...
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………...
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………...
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………...
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………...
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….........................
...........................................
 Keys

PART TWO – PHONETICS: (0.2 x10 = 2.0pts)

I- Choose one word with different pronunciation of the underlined part. Write A, B, C or D in the space provided.
(0.2 x 6 = 1.2pts)

5 B. says

6 B. who

6 C. listen

8 A. game

9 C. question

10 D. chemistry

II- Choose the word with different stress pattern. Write A, B, C or D in the space provided (0.2 x 4 = 0.8pt)

11 A. delicious

12 A. activity

13 C. cartoon

14 C. visit

PART TWO - VOCABULARY AND GRAMMAR. (0.2 X 30 = 6.0pts)

I- Circle the best answer A, B, C or D to complete the sentences: Write A, B, C or D in the box (2.0pts)

15. How…………. rice does he want?

A. many B. much C. any D. about

16. Superstitions still________ an important part of life for many people in Vietnam.

12. take B. play C. do D. give

17. Educated women are likely to get __________ jobs and become more important at home.

A. well-trained B. well-paid C. well-prepared D. well-educated

18. Some people think that married women ________ pursue a career.

A. shouldn’t B. might not C. mustn’t D. may not

19. You ________ pick those flowers. Don’t you see the sign?
 A. can’t B. don’t need to C. mustn’t D. needn’t

20. What……….…going by bike to the pagoda?

A. there B. sport C. about D. time

21. When _______ bride wears “something old”, it reminds her of her family and ________ past.

A. an / a B. a / a C. the / the D. a / the

22. This ceremony is known under different names.

13. clever B. fortunate C. traditional D. numerous

23. I don’t have………….apples but I have………….oranges.

A. any- any B. some- any C. some- some D. any- some

24. Don’t throw trash into the river. It……….…water

A. plows B. saves C. damages D. pollutes

II. Write the correct form of the words given in capital letters write the answers in the box (2.0pts)

25. Her birthday is on the……twentieth ….…of September. (TWENTY)

26. There are five…knives….……in the kitchen. (KNIFE)

27. There are a lot of interesting…activities….……in the summer. (ACT)

28. It was the bird’s first _______flight_____________ from the nest. FLY

29. Yesterday we spent a ________peaceful____________ afternoon by the river. PEACE

30. They often play sports. They are very…….sporty…… (SPORT)

31. She’s a good student but she lacks _________confidence___________ . CONFIDENT

32. Stephen Biko was an energetic supporter of the peace movement. ENERGY

33. In my…neighborhood…….…, there is a market, a clinic, a post office and a supermarket. (NEIGHBOR)

34. Air…….pollution……is a big problem in the big cities. (POLLUTE)

III. Give the correct form of the verbs in brackets. Give your answers in the space provided. (1.0pts)

35. How long you ( wait ) . . . have you waited. . ………. . . .. . . . for me? – Just a few minutes.

36. What you ( do ) . . . . .did you do . . . …….... . . . after you ( go ) . . ……had gone . . . . . .. . . . home yesterday?

37. He often ( say ) . . . . . . says. . .. . . . OK when he ( talk ) .. . . talks….. . . .. . . . with the guests

38. Tom ( not come ) . . . . …wont come……….. . . . .. . . . here tomorrow

39. Trees ( plant ) . . . .. . has been planted. . …….. . . . since it ( stop ) . . . . stopped…….. . . .. . . . raining

40. Someone ( cut ) . . . ……has cut…... . .. . . . down all the trees in the garden

IV. Fill in the blanks with the correct prepositions (0.2 x 5 = 1.0 pts).

40. We always go……….…the city center…….……our own car.

41. I’d like to stay……….…home tonight. Is there anything interesting…….……T.V?

42. The Red River flows…..……..the Gulf of Tonkin.

43. John is often late…….……school but I’m always early.

44. Let’s listen…….……some music……….…the radio.

40.to- by 41. at- on 42. into 43. for

54.to- in

PART FOUR- READING: (6. 0 pts)

I- Circle best option A, B, C or D to complete the following passage (0.2 x 10 = 2.0 pts)

Kate has three (45) …………..a day: breakfast, lunch and dinner. She usually (46) ………….. breakfast at home. She has
bread, eggs and milk (47) ………….. breakfast. (48) ………….. school, Lan and her friends always (49) ………….. lunch at
one o’clock. They often have fish or meat, vegetables for lunch. Kate has dinner (50) ………….. her parents at home
at 7 o’clock. They often have meat or fish, bread, chicken (51) ………….. vegetables for dinner. After dinner, they eat
(52) ………….. fruits or cakes. Kate (53) ………….. dinner because it is a big and happy meal of the day. Her family goes
out for dinner (54) ………….. a month.

14. A. breakfast B. lunch C. meals D. cooking

15. A. have B. has C. do D. does

16. A. on B. in C. to D. for

17. A. At B. In C. On D. For

18. A. has B. have C. having D. to have

19. A. to B. for C. with D. and

20. A. and B. or C. to D. in

21. A. a B. an C. any D. some

22. A. like B. likes C. to like D. not like

23. A. one B. one time C. once D. once time

II. Fill in each blank with ONE suitable word to complete the passage (4.0pts)

Dear Mai,

I am writing Ha Long Bay with my family (55) ………..…June 12 th to 20th. (56) ………..…you have a double room with a
shower for these days? How (57) ………..…is the room? We would like (58) ………..…room facing the sea if it is
possible. We (59) ………..…eat meat but we (60) ………..…all other kinds of food.

We are arriving (61) ………..…Ha Long Bay (62) ………..…about six o’clock on Monday evening. We plan to leave the
hotel (63) ………..…Sunday morning.

I (64)… ………..forward to hearing from you soon.

Love

Nga

55. from 56. Do 57. much

58. a 59. can’t 60. like

61. to 62. at 63. on

64. look/ am looking

2. Well, I wasn’t worried when my son bought a computer. After all lots of children have parents
(1)_____don’t understand computers. But when my secretary asked me for a computer in _(2)_________ office, I
really became (3)______So I decided to take some lessons in computing and my son became my teacher. He was
very helpful. He invited me to sit down in_(4)__________ of the computer screen. I did not know what it
was_(5)______. When asked him what it was, he said that it was a VDU. I still didn’t know what a VDU was, but I
was too shy _(6)______him anymore. From that moment my memory refused to learn __(7)_____________he told
me a lot of things that I really _(8)________ understand at all. After a few lessons I began to feel tired. I made
_(9)________ excuse, saying that I _(10)__________ a headache. I suggested we should leave the lesson for
another day. Since then I haven’t said anything about the computer to my son and my secretary.

24. who 2. The 3. worried 4. front 5.. called 6. to ask 7. Because

8. Didn’t 9. an 10. Had

III- Read the following passage and choose the best answer. (0.2x 5=1.0pts)

Nhan and Huong want to know their friends’ favorite free time activities, so they are asking their friends about
what they like to do in their free time. Many of their friends say that usually eat and drink as well as chat with their
friends. They like to talk about many things around them: their teachers, their friends, their families as well as their
favorite musicians, singers, soccer players and movie stars. There are some popular activities after lessons at their
school such as: skipping rope, reading books and playing sports. At home, many of their friends say they like to
watch TV, listen to music or play computer games. They rarely go to the movies. Some of the girls like to go
shopping. Very few of their friends like to do English exercises on the Internet. Many of their friends don’t take part
in art, music club.
65. What do many of Nhan and Huong’s friends usually do in free time?

A. eat, drink and chat. B. go shopping

C. go to the movie. D. do English exercises on the Internet.

66. What do their friends like to talk about?

A. their teachers, friends and families B. their favorite musician and singers

C. their favorite soccer players and D. many things around them

movie stars

67. Which of the following activities is NOT popular with their friends at school?

A. Skipping rope B. Take part in art, music club

C. Reading books D. Playing sports

68. Which of the following activities is NOT popular with their friends at home?

A. Watching T.V B. Listening to music

C. Do English exercises on the Internet D. Playing computer games

69. What does the passage talk about?

A. Nhan and Huong’s friends B. Free time activities of Nhan and Huong’s friends

C. Nhan and Huong’s school D. Nhan and Huong’s pastimes

65. A 66. D 67. B 68. C 69. B

PART FIVE: WRITING. (5.0pts)

I- There is a mistake in each sentence. Find and correct it (5x 2 = 1,0pt)

70. Children shouldn’t playing video games.

->..................................play...................................................................................

71. My house is between the tall trees.

->.......................among..........................................................................................

72. Would you want to go to the zoo with us?

->......................like.................................................................................................

73. How much is that packet of milk cost?

->....................does..................................................................................................
74. He never drinks coffee so it is not good for his health.

->.......................................because..........................................................................

II - Complete the second sentence, using the word given in brackets so that it has a similar meaning to the first
sentence. Do not change the word given in any way.

(0.2 x10 = 2,0pts).

75. Her mother and she walk to school in the morning.

-> Her mother and she go to school in the morning on foot.

76. How much is a bottle of water?

-> What is the price of a bowl of water?

77. Let’s dance and sing a song.

-> What about dancing and singing a song?

78. No hotel on the street is newer than this hotel.

-> This hotel is the newest on the street.

79. Does her school have twenty- three classrooms and eight hundred-eighty students?

-> Are there twenty- three classrooms and eight hundred- eighty students in her school?

80. His house has a living- room, two bedrooms and a kitchen.

-> There is a living- room, two bedrooms and a kitchen in his house.

81. What’s your brother’s weight?

->How heavy is your brother?

82. This building belongs to my brother.

-> This is my brother’s building.

83. What time does Mai go to work?

-> When does Mai go to work?

84. How high is the Mount Everest?

-> What is the height of the Mount Everest?

III. Write a composition (about 80 words) to describe about your mother. (2.0 pts)

(don’t show your name, your school or your village)

The essay must have at least three ideas below.

1. Mở bài: Giới thiệu được về mẹ của em. (được 0,5 điểm)

2. Thân bài: Nêu được hình dáng, tính cách, nghề nghiệp, tuổi tác của mẹ và mẹ thường chăm sóc em như thế nào
(được 1 điểm).

3. Kết luận: Nói được tình cảm của em với mẹ. (được 0,5 điểm)
TRỌN BỘ ÔN HỌC SINH GIỎI 6789: 400 ĐỀ ÔN CÓ ĐÁP ÁN VÀ CẢ CHUYÊN ĐỀ NGỮ PHÁP từng phần cơ bản, có
đáp án: 200K

LIÊN HỆ: GMAIL: [email protected]

Thanh toán theo hình thức chuyển khoản

Cảm ơn các thầy cô đã quan tâm ạ

ĐỀ THI CHỌN HỌC SINH GIỎI CẤP TRƯỜNG Năm học 2018-2019

Môn Tiếng Anh lớp 6- Thời gian làm bài 150 phút

I. Choose the word that has the underlined parts pronounced differently from the others in
each gr
1. A. Vegetables B. Watches C. Benches D. Classes
2. A. Lemonade B. Carrot C. Chocolate D. Correct
3. A. Question B. Vacation C. Population D. Destination
4. A. Station B. Soda C. Supermarket D. Sugar
5. A. Chair B. School C. Couch D. Children
II. Choose the best answer from the four choices (A or B,C,D) to complete each of the following
sentences.
1. Do you like pop music?
A. I would B. Yes, a lot C. No, I like it D. Yes, we are
2. The students have ______ news about their exams.
A. many B. some C. a D. a few
3. My brother wants a good pair of shoes because he often goes ______
A. jogging B. running C. swimming D. sailing
4. Hoang’s father gets up at 7.00 and eats ……………….……
A. a big breakfast B. the big breakfast C. big breakfast D. a breakfast big
5. “How .................. oranges would you like” - “A dozen. And ................. tea, please.”
A. much, some B. many, any C. much, any D. many, some
6. I need a large ………….. of toothpaste.
A. bar B. can C. tube D. box
7. Mr & Mrs Brown & their father have ……………… legs.
A. four B. six C. eight D. ten
8. ……………..do the buses run ? – Every twenty minutes.
A. What time B. How far C. How much D. How often
9. ……………..straight across the road.
A. No run B. Not run C. Don’t run D. Can’t run
10. Linda ……… her hair every day.
A. washes B. wash C. clean D. cleans
III. Each of the following sentences has a mistake. Find and correct it.

Your corrections

1. He is knowing you are wrong. 1. ………………

A B C D
2. In the fall, leaf often fall from trees. 2. ………………
A B C D
3. This house has three floors. This floor is the two. 3. ………………
A B C D
4. I don’t have some apples but I have some bananas. 4. ………………
A B C D
5. Mr. Phong rides his bike to work at the moment. 5. ………………
A B C D

IV. Give the correct form of the words in CAPITAL to complete the sentences.

1. There is a ……………….……… next to my house. (BAKE)

2. There are a lot of ………………. mountains in Viet Nam (BEAUTY)

3. This coffee is too ………………to drink (HEAT)

4. The teacher calls Hoa ……but she is still talking to her friends. (TWO)
5. I need two ………… for cooking dinner. (KNIFE)

6. In my …………., there is a supermarket , a hotel and a park (NEIGHBOR)

7. Mount Everest is very high. It is the ….. mountain in the world. (HIGH)

8. We must be ………………….when we cross the road (CARE)

9. My aunt has two …………………, one boy and one girl ( CHILD)

10. What does your father do? - He is a …………... (POLICE)

READING
V. Fill in each blank with ONE suitable word to complete the passage
I don’t usually eat breakfast. I only have a_______(1) of coffee. I don’t eat _______ (2) until
about eleven o’clock. Then I have a biscuit and a _______ (3) of milk. For lunch I usually have a
salad. That’s _______ (4) about two o’clock. I have _______(5) at half pass six. I’m a vegetarian,
so I don’t eat _______(6) or fish. I eat cheese and eggs and things like that. I have a glass of water
or fruit _______(7) with my meals.
At the weekends, I _______(8) to a restaurant in the evenings. You _______(9) get
vegetarian meals in a _______(10)of restaurants now.
VI. Read the following passage and choose the best answers.
My Teacher
My teacher, Miss Nga, is a young lady (1) ……….. twenty-eight. She is a nice lady. She loves
her students (2) ………... She never (3)………. angry with them. Miss Nga (4) ………. teaching her
students. Sometimes she tells (5) ………. many interesting stories. I like to listen to her stories (6)
………. they all help us to learn some (7) ……….lessons. Sometimes she takes us out (8) ……….a
picnic. Whenever she takes us out, she tries to teach us something (9) ……….. It is my dream that
(10) ……….I grow up, I can become a good teacher like her.

1. A. of B. with C.from D. by

2. A. very many B. very much C. too D. so

3. A. is B. gets C. makes D. comes

4. A. enjoy B. enjoying C. enjoys D. to enjoy

5. A. we B. they C. I D. us
6. A. because B.when C. where D. why

7. A. use B. useful C. using D. to use

8. A. from B. by C. for D. of

9. A. old B. new C. bad D. well

10. A. where B. why C. what D. when

VII. Read the passage carefully, then choose the correct option marked A, B, C or D to answer the
questions.
Peter usually wakes up at half past six in the morning, but he does not get up until a
quarter to seven. He takes a shower and gets dressed. He has breakfast at half past seven. He
does not have a big breakfast. He usually has bread, coffee and orange juice. After breakfast, he
cleans his teeth. He leaves his house at eight o’clock. He never drives a car to work. He often
catches the train to his office in Manchester. On the train, he reads the newspaper or does the
crossword. For lunch, he usually has a salad or soup and sandwich at 1.30. He comes home at
about half past six in the evening. He has dinner at half past seven. It is a big meal of the day and
he has meat or fish with vegetables and potatoes or rice. After dinner, he washes up. Then he
usually reads a book. Sometimes he plays chess with his friends. He never watches television
because he does not like it. He goes to bed at about 11.30.
1. Every morning, Peter gets up at ________.
A. 6.30 B. 6.00 C. 7.15 D. 6.45
2. He usually has ________ in the morning.
A. breakfast with meat B. a slight breakfast
C. a big breakfast D. breakfast with eggs
3. What does he usually have for lunch?
A. sandwich and salad B. soup and fish
C. salad and soup D. sandwich and fish
4. What does he usually do after dinner?
A. He usually washes up and watches TV.
B. He usually reads a book and watches TV.
C. He usually washes up, watches TV, reads a book and plays chess.
D. He usually washes up, reads a book and plays chess.
5. Which sentence is NOT true in the passage above?
A. Sometimes he drives his car to work.
B. He often reads the newspaper on the way to his office.
C. He often plays the crossword on the train.
D. For Peter, the dinner is a big meal of the d
VIII. Finish each of the following sentences in such a way that it means exactly the same as the
original one.
1. Lan’s father often drives to work.
à Lan’s father often goes ....................................................................................
2.Mrs. Tinh has a daughter, Mai.
 Mrs. Tinh is .......................................................................................................
3. Let's go out for a walk.
à Why ..................................................................................................................
4. Does Nga’s school have sixteen classrooms?
à Are ...................................................................................................................
5 .What is the length of this river?
à How ..................................................................................................................
X. Write a passage (60 -80 words) about your school.
(don’t show your name, your school’s name , your teachers’ names or your village)

XI Use the suggested words to write meaningful sentences. You can add or change anything
neccessary.
1. Ha / sister / listen / music / room / the moment.
2. He / not have / much time / write / friends.
3. Sister / have / bike / and / cycle / work / everyday.
4 .Ba / usually / play tennis / fall/ but/ sometimes/ sailing.
5 .Mrs. Ngoc/ going/ buy/ some toys/ children?
6. I’d like/ sandwich/ glass/ milk/ please.
7. Long/ tall/ brother/ not
8. We/ stop/ when/ light/ red.
9. There/ rice paddy/ left/ my house.
10. The weather / always/ cold/ winter

THE END

TEST 4

A. GRAMMAR AND VOCABULARY.

I. Chọn từ có phần gạch chân phát âm khác so với các từ còn lại. (0.5điểm)

1. A. ground B. Should C. about D. mountain

2. A. hungry B. Thirsty C. recycle D. Finally

3. A. How B. Flow C. window D. Show

4. A. Idea B. Routine C. twice D. Kite

5. A. weight B. Receive C. straight D. Range

II. Chọn một đáp án đúng nhất trong A, B, C hoặc D để hoàn thành các câu sau.

1. Susan is from………………………………..

A. Great Britain B. British C. The British D. The Great Britain

2. My grandfather is the……………………person in the family.

A. Old B. Older C. Oldest D. older than

3. The Mekong River …………….into the Bien Dong.

A. Runs B. Flows C. Goes D. Comes

4. Is Petronas Twin Towers the tallest building……………………………?

A. in the world B. on the world C. in world D. on world

5. What are we doing……………..our environment?

A. To B. For C. With D. About

 6………………,they are going to stay in Ho Chi Minh City for a week.

A. Final B. Finally C. At finally D. In finally

7. Everyone is having……………………at the party.

A. good time B. the good time C. good times D. a good time

8. ………………………..go swimming this afternoon?

A. Why don’t we B. What about C. Let’s D. How about

9. While you are out, could you please buy a couple of………………………..?

A. Soaps B. Soap C. bar of soaps D. bars of soaps

10. My father usually goes to work ………………..

A. in car B. by his car C. in his car D. on his car

11. They’ve got….……books than me.

A. fewer B. less C. much D. many

12. Does she want............... her grandparents at weekends?

A. visit B. visits C. visiting D.to visit.

13. He ............ drive too fast because it is very dangerous.

A. should not B. don't should C. should D. not should

14. What………..the weather like today?

A. do B. is C. does D. A&B

15. Don’t talk. John …..…..in his room.

A. sleep B. to sleep C. is sleeping D. sleeps

16. Students live and study in a/an……….…school. They only go home at weekends.

A. international B. small C .boarding D. overseas

17. .................going to the museum?

A. What about B. Why don't C. Let's D. Do you want

18. Nam is learning how ……..….a computer.

A. to use B. using C. use D. uses

19. Of my parents, my father is……………….one.

 A. the stronger B. the strongest C. strong D. stronger

20. I don’t like much sugar in my coffee. Just ................. please.

A. few B. little C. a little D. a few

III. Cho dạng đúng của động từ trong ngoặc để hoàn thành đoạn văn sau.

1.How much fruit………………..that farmer (produce)…………… every year?

2.………….he (buy)………………….………… a new house next month?

3.Hung usually (study)…………… in the school library in the afternoons.

4.Ann usually (do)……………… the shopping, but I (shop)………………..…

today because she isn’t well.

5.Now Kate(stand)………………… at the corner. She (wait)…………………

for the bus.

6.Only a packet of biscuits. …………you (like)………….some? – Yes, please.

7.What are your vacation plans? – I (spend)… ……………2 weeks in Hanoi.

8.It is not raining now. The sun (shine)……………….and the sky is blue.

IV. Điền một giới từ thích hợp vào mỗi chỗ trống để hoàn thành các câu sau.

1.Saving the earth is the job……………………all people.

2.People collect waste food and feed it……………………….pigs.

3.The population………………….…………the world is growing.

4.I don’t think it’s much cheaper to go…………………………bus.

5.I would like coffee………………….…….any sugar, please.

6.Hanoi, the capital city of Vietnam has a population…………….2.8 million.

7.What’s……………………….breakfast? - Bread and butter.

8.Mount Everest is very high. It is the highest mountain ………..…………the world.

9.He travels to work ……………..….. his new motorbike every day.

10.Do the farmers produce a lot of rice…………….this season?- Yes, They have a rich harvest.

V. Em hãy điền dạng thích hợp của các từ trong ngoặc vào chỗ trống để hoàn thành các câu sau. (1.0 điểm)
 0. 1. Lan is the……………of the three girls. (SMALL)

1. 2.,……………….…………..is a problem in many countries. (POLLUTE)

3. Tien Dung, the player in the Viet Nam national U23-football team
plays very well. He's a good ……….
4.Newyork is an ……….city with many skyscrapers. (GOAL)
5.Many Asian animals are in …………………………

1. 6.His ………………………………..is American.

(EXCITE)
7.Nam is very…………..He always has a lot of new ideas.
(DANGEROUS)
8. You can trust John. He is very……………
(NATION)
9. When you open a newspaper, you’ll always find………..
(CREATE)
About some games.
(RELY)
10.I did many sports last week and was……….
(INFORM)

(EXSHAUST)

VI. Tìm lỗi sai trong mỗi câu sau (A, B, C hoặc D)
1. She doesn't do his homework after going home.
A B C D
2. Loan is my parents' daughter, so she is my brother
A B C D
3. Would you like to going to the movies with us tonight?
A B C D
4. There is a few water in the bottle.
A B C D
5. The store is between we house and the movie theater.
A B C D
6. This is my new pen and that is their pens.
A B C D
7. Last summer my parents buyed me a lot of different gifts.

A B C D

8.The cat is among the lamp and the bed.

A B C D
9. There are five bookshelf in my sister’s bedroom.

A B C D

10.I spend three days to visit Ha Long bay.

A B C D

B. READING

I. San Francisco , a very hill city, is in the San Francisco Bay. Although there are many modern skyscrapers in the
city centre, houses in the suburbs are in the styles of the 19th century.

The celebration of the Chinese New Year in San Francisco’s China town is one thing that you should not miss.

You can find the best food from around the world: Brazilian, Indian, Japanese, Korean, Mexican, Russian, Thai,
Chinese and much more. Don’t forget to visit a jazz club or an outdoor coffee shop to enjoy good café and fresh air.
You should visit Mission Dolores, am

an old church built by the Spanish in the 18th century.

1. Which of the following sentences is true about San Francisco ?

A. San Francisco is not a very hill city.

B. San Francisco is not in the San Francisco Bay.

C. San Francisco has only old houses.

D. San Francisco is a city with modern skyscrapers in the city centre.

2.What is the second paragraph about?

A. nightlife B. festivals C. scenery D. architecture

3.Where can we have coffee and enjoy fresh air?

A. Chinatown B. Old houses

C. Churches D. Outdoor coffee shop.

4.Which of the following sentences is NOT true about San Francisco?

A. San Francisco is in the San Francisco Bay.

B. The celebration of the Chinese New Year in San Francisco’s China town is very interesting

C. You can only enjoy American and Chinese food in San Francisco.

D. You should enjoy jazz at a jazz club in San Francisco.

5.By whom was Mission Dolores built in the 18th century?

A. By people from Germany B. By people from Spain

 C. By people from Brazil. D. By people from Europe

III. Em hãy đọc đoạn văn sau, chọn một từ thích hợp điền vào mỗi chỗ trống. (2 điểm)

Let me tell you something about my family. My father is sixty – four. He’s a lot older (1)…..my mother. She is only
fifty- one. Dad has his (2)…….business. Mum helps him (3)……... the business. I have two brothers and two sisters,
so (4)………are seven of us altogether in the family.

The oldest is my brother Thomas. He’s twenty – eight. He is (5)………..and has two children. The (6)……….oldest is
my sister Helen. She’s twenty – three. She’s (7)…….accountant and she works in a bank. Then (8)………me. I’m
twenty .I’m in my second year at university. The next youngest is Susan. She’s eighteen and is in (9)…………last year
at high school. Then there is Tony. He’s youngest. He’s fifteen. He (10)……….to secondary school.

C. WRITING.

I. Dùng từ, cụm từ gợi ý viết lại các câu sau sao cho nghĩa của câu không thay đổi.

1. Let’s go out and have an ice cream.

gShall ……………………….…………………………………………………?

2. Can you tell us the way to the bus stop?

g How…………………………………………………………………………..?

3. How much are your shoes?

g What …………………………………………………………………………?

4. How long is the Great Wall of China?

g What is……………………………..…………………………………………..?

5. How heavy are you?

g How much…………………………………………………………?

6. No house in the village is older than this one.

g This house…………………………………………………………………..

7. The living-room has a television, a table and 4 armchairs.

gThere……………………………………………………………………………..

8. The Red River is 1,200 kilometers long. The Nile River is 6,437 kilometers long.

g The Nile River is much…………………………………………………………

9. Hung is 1.60 meters tall. Ba is 1.50 meters tall.

g Ba is 10 ……………………………………………………………………

10. How often do Ba and Lan go to the zoo a month?

g How many…………………………………………………………….……?

II. Dùng các từ, cụm từ gợi ý để hoàn thành những câu sau. Em có thể thay đổi trật tự từ nếu cần thiết:

1.Small/ thin/ sister/ white/ and/ his / lips/ teeth/ has.

g…………………………………………………………………………………

2.part/ cooking/Sunday / Linda/ in / this / a / taking/ competition/ is.

g…………………………………………………………………………………

3.John/ usually/ sports/ free time/ sometimes/ camp/ classmates.

g…………………………………………………………………………………

4.Should/ do / some morning exercises./ It / good/ your health.

g…………………………………………………………………………………

5.Miss Thuy/ wash / hair / now / because / she / a party/ go/ tonight/ her mother.

g…………………………………………………………………………………

PHÒNG GD&ĐT……….. KÌ THI KSCL CÁC ĐỘI TUYỂN HSG KHỐI 6Nămhọc: 2017-2018
Trường THCS……….. ĐỀ THI MÔN: TIẾNG ANH
(Thờigian 90 phút) ĐỀ SỐ 612
I. Choose one word whose underlined part is pronounced differently from the others. (5 pts)
1. A. casual B. baggy C. flat D. equal
2. A. occasion B. champagne C. inspiration D. baby
3. A. admire B. hike C. picnic D. sight
4. A. publish B. tunic C. puppet D. subject
5. A. dressed B. carried C. learned D. lived
II.Choose the best answer to complete each of the following sentences.(15 pts)
6. In the evening, there is a football match_______ 8.00 and 10.00.
A. in B before C. after D. between
7. She hates_______ in front of everyone.
A. cries B. crying C. to cry D. cry
8. The fresh air in the countryside is good for our_______.
A. healthy B. health C. healthful D. healthily
9. They_______ the new books last weekend.
A. published B. ordered C. located D. commented
10. She said she was learning English_______.
A. now B. then C. here D. today
11. The doctor made the patient_______ in bed.
A. stays B. stay C. stayed D. to stay
12. I am looking_______ my daughter. Because she is ill.
A. of B. about C.for D. after
13. Could the boy_______ in English?
A. speak B. speaking C. speaks D. to speak
14. Minh is going to have his work_______ before he went out.
A. do B. did C. done D. to do
15. English people are_______ on their work.
A. interested B. keen C. proud D. famous
16. Let’s play games, _______?
A. do we B. did we C. shall we D. have we
17. She wishes she_______ a lot of friends.
A. makes B. made C. has made D. would make
18. _______ of them wants to go to the theatre.
A. Each B. Every C. All D. Any
19. Jean cloth_______ completely from cotton in the 18 century.
th

A. were made B. made C. was made D. has been made

20. Today, jeans are_______ all over the world.
A. famous B. popular C. traditional D. wide
III.Put the words in the correct form.(10 pts)
21. He is_______ in making the machines. SUCCESS
22. People in the countryside is_______. FRIEND
23. My sister speaks English_______ than I am. GOOD
24. What is the correct_______ of this word? PRONOUCE
25. There is room for further_______ in your English. IMPROVE
26. She actively_______ in social work. PARTICIPATION
27. Last year we had an_______ summer holiday. ẸNOY
28. He was_______ of his achievements in the field of politics. PRIDE
29. The_______ of the project made me tense. IMPORTANT
30. It’s a very simple question. You can_______ answer it. EASY
IV. Use the correct form of the verbs in parentheses. (10 pts)
a. What you (31. do)______ if you (32. be)______ in my situation?
b. I (33. not see)______ him since last week
c. They (34. start)______ learning English when they (35. be)______ 10 years old.
d. Each of them (36. sing)______ English songs when I came
e. Mr John is the teacher now. He (37. teach)______ English since he came here in 1999.
f. She (38. work)______ here since she left school?
g. If everyone (39. come)______ here, wake me up immediately.
h. What they (40. do)______ at 7 a.m. yesterday?
V. Fill in the blanks with suitable words.(10 pts)
 School exams are, generally (41)______, the first kind of tests we take. They find out how much
knowledge we have (42)______. But do they really show how intelligent we are? (43)______ all, isn’t it a
(44)______ that some people who are very successful academically don’t have any (45)______sense?
Intelligence is the speed (46)______ which we can understand and (47)______ to new situations
and it is usually tested by logic puzzles. Although scientists are now preparing (48)______ computer
(49)______ that will be able to “read” our brains,(50)______ tests are still the most popular ways of
measuring intelligence.
41. A. speaking B. reading C. doing D. singing
42. A. fetched B. gained C. attached D. caught
43. A. In B. Of C. After D. Follow
44. A. case B. fact C. circumstance D. truth
45. A. natural B. bright C. sharp D. common
46. A. on B. to C. in D. at
47. A. accord B. react C. answer D. alter
48. A. advanced B. forward C. ahead D. upper
49. A. technology B. hardware C. software D. screen
50. A. at this age B. for the present C. at the time D. now and then
VI.Read the following passage then answer the questions below.(10 pts)
On Sunday, Ba invited Liz to join his family on a day trip to his home village about 60 kilometers to
the north of Ha Noi. The village lies near the foot of a mountain and by a river. Many people go there
on weekend to have a rest after a hard working week.The journey to the village is very interesting.
People have a chance to travel between the green paddy fields and cross a small bamboo forest
before they reach a big old banyan tree at the entrance to the village.
Liz met Ba's family at his house early in the morning; and after two hours traveling by bus, they
reached the big old tree. Everyone felt tired and hungry, so they sat down under the tree and had a
snack.After the meal, they started to walk into the village for about thirty minutes to visit Ba's uncle.
Then, they walked up the mountain to visit the shrine of Vietnamese hero and enjoyed the fresh air
there. In the afternoon, they went boating in the river and had a picnic on the river bank before going
home late in the evening. It was an enjoyable day. Liz took a lot of photos to show the trip to her
parents.
51. With what topic is the primarily concerned?
A. The picture of the countryside B. The farmers and the village
C. The air of the countryside D. The life of the countryside
52. Which of the following sentence is NOT true?
A. Liz met Ba's family at his house early in the morning. B. Liz had a snack under the tree.
C. Liz had a snack at the house of Ba's uncle. D. Liz took a lot of photos.
53. In the line 8, the word "snack" means_________.
A. lunch B. dinner C. picnic D. meal
54. The air in the countryside is_________.
A. fresh B. polluted C. dirty D. beautiful
55. What did Liz doto show the trip to her parents?
A. She had many photos B. She visited the shrine of Vietnamese hero.
C. She met Ba's family at his house. D. She went boating in the river.
VII.Complete the second sentence so that it has a similar meaning to the first. (10 pts)
56. You will be late if you don’t hurry. → Unless.................................................
57. I get to work in thirty minutes. → It............................................................
58. It took Peter three hours to open the doors. → Peter spent.......................................
59. It’s two years since I didn’t meet him. → I haven’t.............................................
60. The garage is going to repair the car for us next week. → We are going....................................
__________THE END_________Total:………../70
 PHÒNG GD&ĐT KỲ THI GIAO LƯU HỌC SINH GIỎI

TRƯỜNG THCS NĂM HỌC 2018-2019

ĐỀ CHÍNH THỨC
ĐỀ THI MÔN: Tiếng Anh - Lớp 6

Thời gian: 120 phút (Không kể thời gian giao đề)

(Đề gồm 05 trang)

ĐỀ BÀI

I. Listen to the conversation between Mai and Kevin. Circle the best answer A, B or
C. You will listen TWICE. ( 5 points)
1. What do Mai and Kevin talk about?
A. Their favourite teachers B. Their favourite subjects
C. Subjects they have at school
2. What subject does Mai have on Wednesday afternoon?
A. English B. Maths C. Music
3. Why doesn't Kevin like history?
A. It's boring. B. It's on Wednesday. C. It's difficult.
4. Why does Kevin like science?
A. It's easier than history. B. It gives him knowledge about the world.
C. The teacher is nice to him.
5. What does Kevin like most about Ms. Robinson?
A. She is creative. B. She is humorous. C. She doesn't give much homework.
Question II: Listen and write down the information about our new teacher.

(5 points)

OUR NEW TEACHER

Example: Start on: Tuesday

She teaches us: 1: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

 Her name: 2: Mrs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Classroom number: 3: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Classroom next to: 4: School . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Color of her car: 5: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Question III. Listen to the news and fill in each blank with ONE word (5 points)
Good evening and welcome to the weather forecast. Let's take a look at the weather
today. It's cold and cloudy in (1). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . It's cool and (2). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . in Hue. It's hot and (3). . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . in Ho Chi Minh city. What will the weather be like tomorrow? well, it will be cold and

(4). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . in Ha Noi. It will be (5). . . . . . . . . . . . . in Hue. In Ho Chi Minh city, it will be hot and
sunny. That's the weather forecast for tomorrow.
PART B: PHONETICS. (5 points):

Question I. Choose the word whose underlined part pronounced differently from that of
the others by circling A, B, C or D (3.0 points).

1. A. clock B. open C. window D. stereo

2. A. intersection B. history C. bookstore D. eraser

3. A. wear B. year C. hear D. near

Question II. Choose the word whose main stress pattern is placed differently from the
others. (2 points)

4. A. listen B. visit C. obey D. happy

5. A. open B. summer C. enjoy D. protect

PART C. VOCABULARY AND GRAMMAR (30 points):

Question I. Circle the best answer A, B, C or D to complete the following sentences.(10

points)

1. This sign says “No smoking”. You . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . smoke.

A. can B. must C. are D. must not

2. Hien’s father gets up at 7.00 and eats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

A. a big breakfast B. the big breakfast C. big breakfast D. a breakfast big

3. I hope the . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . can repair our car quickly.

A. mechanic B. reporter C. architect D. dentist

4. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . straight across the road.

A. Don’t run B. Not run C. No run D. Can’t run

5. He came to class late this morning because his bike . . . down on the way to
school.

A. let B. kept C. went D. broke

6. I think it is really good to spend time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . English pronunciation.

A. in B. with C. at D. on

7. My parents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . at home.

A. are all B. are both C. both are D. is both

8. “Would you mind dancing with me ?” “No” He invited me to dance with him but
..................

A. I didn’t B. I said I didn’t C. I refused D. I accepted

9. Was it Bell who . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . the telephone?

A. invented B. discovered C. produced D. provided

10. How . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . money do you often send to him?

A. often B. much C. many D. long

Question II. Give the correct forms of words in the brackets (5 points).

1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . are one of the harmful animals . (MOUSE)

2. I like the city life because there are many kinds of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (ENTERTAIN)
3. The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . of this book is 2.000 VN dong. (COST)

4. My mother often . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . the dog and the cat after our

(FOOD)
meals.

5. There were two . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . yesterday:fire-making and rice- (compete)

 cooking.

Question III. Supply the correct form of the verbs in bracket. (10 points)

1+2. My father always (come) . . . . . . . . . . . . home late. He (finish) . . . . . . . . . . . . work at 5 o’clock.

3. We (be) . . . . . . . . . . . . students in four years.

4. A new school (build) . . . . . . . . . . . . near our school now.

5+6. It (rain) . . . . . . . . . . . . very hard. We cannot do anything until it (stop) . . . . . . . . . . . .

7. A lttle girl can't spend all her time (listen) . . . . . . . . . . . . to stories.

8. (not/ride). . . . . . . . . . . . your bike too fast. It’s dangerous.

9. Sad movies always make me (cry) . . . . . . . . . . . . a lot

10. Nam (not/visit) ........ to your birthday party class last Sunday.

Question IV: There is one mistake in each of the following sentences. Choose the
underlined part that needs correcting and write A, B, C or D on your answer sheet. (5 points)

1. From at nine in the morning until four afternoon Mr. Tuan works in the fields.

A B C D

2. There aren’t any trees in the left of Lan’s house.

A B C D

3. Neither the director nor the sercretary want to leave yet.

A B C D

4. That’s my sister over there. She stands next to the window.

A B C D

5. The doctor says you should spend a little time to play video game.

A B C D

PART D: READING (25 points)

Question I. Choose the best answer to complete the passage (10 points)

SINGAPORE
 Singapore is an island city of about three million people. It's a beautiful (1) . . . . . . . .

with lots of parks and open spaces. It's also a very (2) . . . . . . . . city. Most of the people (3)
. . . . . . . . . in high rise flats in different parts of the island. The business district is very
modern with (4) . . . . . . . . . . . . of high new office buildings. Singapore also has some nice
older sections. In China town, there (5) . . . . . . . . . . . . rows of old shop houses. The
Government buildings in Singapore are very (6). . . . . . . . . . . . and date from the colonial
days.

Singapore is famous (7). . . . . . . . . . . . its shops and restaurants. There are many good
shopping centers. Most of the (8) . . . . . . . . . . . . are duty free. Singapore's restaurants
(9) ........ Chinese, Indian, Malay and European food, and the (10) . . . . . . . . . . . . are quite
reasonable.

1. A. district B. town C. city D. village

2. A. large B. dirty C. small D. clean

3. A. live B. lives C. are living D. lived

4. A. lot B. lots C. many D. much

5. A. is B. will be C. were D. are

6. A. beauty B. beautiful C. beautify D. beautifully

7. A. in B. on C. at D. for

8. A. good B. goods C. goodness D. goody

9. A. sells B. selling C. sell D. sold

10. A. priced B. price C. prices D. prier

Question II. Read the following passage then fill in each gap with ONE suitable word.
Write the answers on your answer sheet. (10 points)

Benefits of playing sports

 Firstly, playing sports can give you a healthy life and a fit body to you. You will be more
active and healthier (1) . . . . . . . . . . . . playing sports. To illustrate, you can have a lower chance of
getting a serious illness such as (2) . . . . . . . . . . . . attack or high blood pressure.

In other words, it increases your resistance to illness. In leisure time, you can play sports
(3) . . . . . . . . . . . . your friends or your relatives, this not only helps you but (4) . . . . . . . . . . . . motivates
everyone around you to take part in sports and have good (5) . . . . . . . .

Furthermore, there are some (6) . . . . . . . . . . . . which you can play easily such as table tennis,
tennis or football and after that, you feel completely relaxed or even free (7) . . . . . . . . . . . . your
stress.

Moreover, you also need to allow (8) . . . . . . . . . . . . encourage children to play sports, especially
some outside activities such as football, basketball or volleyball to decrease the time that your
children (9) . . . . . . . . . . . . sitting in front of computers or watching television.

These sports can help them have endurance, quickness and even teach them how to
improve team spirit and work in groups. These sports also teach them how to communicate with
their teammates, and show them (10) . . . . . . . . . . . . active and creative they are.

Question III. Read the passage and decide if the statements are True (T) or False (F)
(5points).

Miss Lien lives in a small house in Hanoi. She teaches English at a school there. She usually
has breakfast at half past seven in the morning and she has lunch at twelve o'clock in the canteen of
the school. She teaches her students in the morning. She teaches them dialogues on Wednesdays
and Fridays. On Mondays, she teaches them grammar. In the evening, she usually stays at home
and listens to music. She sometimes goes to the movie theatre. She always goes to bed at ten
o'clock.
. . . . . . . . . . . . Miss Lien lives in a big house and teaches English at a school in Hanoi.
. . . . . . . . . . . . She usually has breakfast at 7.30 in the morning and has lunch at home at 12 o'clock.
. . . . . . . . . . She teaches her students dialogues on Mondays, Wednesdays and Fridays.
. . . . . . . . . . She usually stays at home in the evening and goes to bed at 9.
. . . . . . . . . . Sometimes she goes to the movie theatre.
PART E: WRITING (25 points)

Question I. Rewrite each of the following sentences, beginning as shown, so that its
meaning does not change. (10 points)

1. What would she like for her birthday?.

 What does ..............................................................................................

2. Lien is the owner of this house?

This house. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

3. Why don't we go for a walk?

 Let . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

4. She always cycles to work every morning.

 She always goes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5. How many

classrooms are there in your school?

 How many . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

6. How tall is Nam?

 What . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ?

7. He couldn’t afford to buy the car.

 The car. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8. How wide is
the Great Wall of China?

 What is. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .?

9. Lan’s hair is long and black.

 Lan has . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

10. She likes drinking milk

 Milk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Question II. Complete the second sentence so that it has a similar meaning to the first
sentence, using the word given. Do not change the word given. (5 pts)

1. How old is your sister? (AGE)

 What is . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .?

2. We are going to plant trees in the garden next month. (PLAN)

 We have . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2. In the next few years we’ll probably hear a lot more about environmental pollution.
(LIKELY)
 In the next few years . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

4. My sister is traveling to Ho Chi Minh City by plane. (FLYING)

My sister . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5. This box has twelve packets of tea. (DOZEN)

This box . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

III. Write a paragraph about (100-120 words) about your dream house in the future.(10
points)

------------------ The end -------------------

(Cán bộ coi thi không giải thích gì thêm)

Họ và tên thí sinh:. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ; Số báo danh:. . . . . . . . . . .

PHÒNG GD&ĐT KỲ THI GIAO LƯU HỌC SINH GIỎI

TRƯỜNG THCS NĂM HỌC 2018-2019

ĐỀ CHÍNH THỨC
ĐÁP ÁN VÀ HƯỚNG DẪN CHẤM

MÔN: TIẾNG ANH 6

( Gồm 02 trang)

SECTION I: LISTENING (15 points)

 Question I: Listen to the conversation between Mai and Kevin. Circle the best
answer A, B or C. You will listen TWICE. ( 5 points)
1. B 2. C 3. C 4. B 5. C

Question II: Listen and write down the information about our new teacher.

(5 points)

1. science 2. Skaker 3. 15 4. kitchen 5. black

Question III. Listen to the news and fill in each blank with ONE word (5 points)
1. hanoi 2. windy 3. sunny 4. rainy

5. warm and foggy

PART B: PHONETICS: (5 points).

Question I. Choose the word whose underlined part pronounced differently from
that of the others by circling A, B, C or D (3.0 points).

1. A 2. D 3. A

Question II. Choose the word whose main stress pattern is placed differently from the
others. (2 points)

4. C 5. B

PART C. VOCABULARY AND GRAMMAR (30 points)

Question I. Circle the best answer A, B, C or D to complete the following sentences.

(10 points)

1. D 2. A 3. A 4. A 5. D 6. D 7. B 8. C 9. A 10.B

Question II. Give the correct forms of words in the brackets (5 points).

1. mice 2. entertainments 3. price 4. feeds

5. competitions

Question III. Supply the correct form of the verbs in bracket. (10 points)

1. comes 2. finishes 3. have become 4. is being built

5. is raining 6. stops 7. listening 8. don’t ride

9. cry 10. didn’t visit

Question IV: There is one mistake in each of the following sentences. Choose the
underlined part that needs correcting and write A, B, C or D on your answer sheet. (5
points)

1. A 2. C 3. D 4. C 5. D

PART D: READING (25 points)

Question I. Choose the best answer to complete the passage (10 points)

1. C 2. D 3. A 4. B 5. D

6. B 7. D 8. B 9. C 10.C

Question II. Read the following passage then fill in each gap with ONE suitable word.
Write the answers on your answer sheet. (10 points

1. by 2. heart 3. with 4. also 5. health

6. sports 7. from 8. and 9. spend 10. how

Question III. Read the paragraph and decide if the statements are true or false (5 points)

1. F 2. T 3. F 4. F 5. T

PART E: WRITING (25 points)

Question I. Rewrite each of the following sentences, beginning as shown, so that its
meaning does not change. (10 points)

1. What does she want for her birthday?

2. This house belongs to Lien

3. Let’s go for a walk

4. She always goes to work by bike every morning

5. How many classrooms does your school have?

6. What’s Nam’s height?/What is the height of Nam?

7. The car was too expensive for him to buy?

 8. What’s the width of the Great Wall of China?/ …the Great Wall’s width?

9. Lan has long black hair

10.Milk is her favourite drink

Question II. Complete the second sentence so that it has a similar meaning to the first
sentence, using the word given. Do not change the word given. (5 pts)

1. What is your sister’s age?

2. We have a plan to plant trees in the garden next month

3. In the next few years we’ll be likely to hear a lot about environmental pollution

4. My sister is flying to Ho Chi Minh city

5. This box has a dozen packets of tea

III. Write a paragraph about (100-120 words ) about your future house.(10 points)

+ Task completion : 4 points

- Yêu cầu đúng thể thức và nội dung của bài viết

- Tùy mức độ hoàn thành các yêu cầu , giám khảo có thể chấm từ 1-4 điểm

+ Grammatical accuracy and spelling: 3 points

- Đúng và không sai chính tả: (nếu sai trên 6 lỗi ngữ pháp thì không cho điểm, nếu sai
dưới 6 lỗi ngữ pháp thì cho 1point)

+ Coherence and cohesion: 3point

Điểm bài thi = tổng số câu đúng /5 (thang điểm 20)

THE END

ĐỀ KIỂM TRA CHỌN ĐỘI TUYỂN DỰ THI HSG HUYỆN

 NĂM HỌC 2018-2019

Môn Tiếng Anh lớp 6. (Thời gian làm bài 120 phút.)

II. Choose the word in each group that has the underlined part pronounced differently from the rest. (2.5pts)

1. A. this B. thank C. thin D. thought

2. A. plays B. cleans C. listens D. works

3. A. table B. face C. bad D. take

4. A. home B. horse C. go D. post

5. A. read B. clean C. tea D. breakfast

III. Choose the best answer A, B, C or D to complete the following sentences.(5pts)

1. We usually write to each other _________ .

A. every two weeks B. every week twice C. two every week D. none is correct

2. TV programme “Daddy, where are we going?” is not only interesting _______ it also teaches children a lot of
thing about family and friendship.

A. and B. but C. because D. so

3. Do you think we’ll find a solution _________ the problem?

A. to B. for C. of D. about

4. She _________ to the radio in the morning.

A. hears B. watches C. listens D. sees

5. _________ do you work? - I work at a school.

A. What B. Where C. When D. How

6. The opposite of “weak” is _________ .

A. thin B. small C. strong D. heavy

7. _________ honest man!

A. What a B. How C. What an D. How much

8. Mr and Mrs Brown and their father have _________ legs.

A. four B. six C. eight D. ten

9. Would you like _________ that for you?

A. me doing B. that I do C. me do D. me to do

10. Which is _________ of the two girls ?

A. tallest B. the tallest C. taller D. the taller

IV. Give the correct form of each verb in brackets to complete the following sentences.(10pts)
1. It is 6:00 p.m. Mary is at home. She (have) _________________dinner. She always (have)
_________________ dinner with her family around 6 o’clock .
2. My friend (take) _________________ a trip to Da Lat next week, and he plans (stay)
________________ there for a week.
3. He often (drink) _________________ coffee for breakfast, but today he (eat) _________________
some eggs.
4. Laura (be) _________________ from Canada. She (speak) _________________ English and French.

5. Minh (be) _________________ to Da Nang twice. He (visit) _________________ a lot of places of interest in Da
Nang.

V. Fill in each blank with the correct form of the word in brackets.(5 pts)

1. Lan’s brother is a _________________ . He plays it very well. (piano)

2. Where is the _________________ post office from here? (near)

3. She often feels _________________when she gets bad marks. (happy)

4. I don't like _________________ days. (rain)

5. There is a very _________________ movie on at the Fansland cinema (interest)

6. You will be _________________ after your summer holiday. (healthy)

7. What is the _____________ sport in your country? (popular)

8. 4. I’d like a nice _________________ orange. (juice)

9. Your house is _________________ from our school than mine. (far)

10. Lan is good at English. She can speak English _________________. (fluent)

VI. Order the sentences to have a complete conversation (10 pts)

A. Hey Nick, do you watch the dog race on TV last night?

B. Really? I’ve never seen it. What country is it in?

C. It’s a sport. Dogs race around a small track. It’s really exciting.
D. No, What is it?

E. Well… When is it on?

F. In Viet Nam, In Vung Tau. I know it’s an attraction in many countries: Australia, America…

G. You’re welcome. I believe you’ll like it.

H. Sports channel.

I. That’s sound interesting. Which channel is it on?

J. At 9 o’clock Saturday evening and 10 o’clock Sunday morning.

K. Thanks for your recommendation. I’ll watch it right now.

Your answer: 0 – A

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10.

VII. Each line in the following passage has a spare word; Underline that word and write it in the blanks given.

BICYCLES

The bicycle is a cheap and clean way to for travel. The first 0/ ____for____

bicycle was made in about one hundred and fifty years ago. 1/ __________

First, bicycles were very much expensive. Only rich people could 2/ __________

buy one. These early time bicycles looked very different from 3/ __________

the ones we have them today. Later, when bicycles became 4/ __________

cheaper, many lot people bought ones. People started riding 5/ __________

bicycles to work and in their with free time. Today, people use 6/ ___________

cars more than bicycles; cars are much more faster and you 7/ ___________

don’t get wet when it start rains! But some people still prefer to cycle to 8/ ___________
work. They say that there have are too many cars in
9/ ___________
town centers and you can't able find anywhere to park!
10/ __________

VIII. Use a suitable preposition to complete the sentence:(2.5pts)

1. Can you help me ___________ these dirty glasses?

2. What’s on ________ the cinema tonight.

3. Come __________ with us. We always need more players.

4. Turn __________ the lights before leaving the house.

5. The train is leaving ________ Ha Noi in a few minutes.

IX. Read the passage and choose the correct word A, B, C or D to complete it. (5pts)

Brunei is one of the smallest countries in the world. Its population (1) ____ only 25,000 and most of them
live in Bandar Seri Begawan (the capital city with the longest name in the world!) It is also the richest country in (2)
____ Asia and maybe the richest country in the world because it has a lot of oil and natural gas which it (3) ____ to
Japan. Every week huge tankers carry oil and gas from the oil-fields of Brunei to Japan.

The head of the state in Brunei is Sultan Haji Hassanal Bolkiah. He is on of the richest man in the world. He
has two wives and (4) ____ lives in their own beautiful palace. The Sultan has more than 200 cars and he also has
(5) ____ of horses.

1. A. has B. is C. are D have

2. A. a B. an C. the D. no article

3. A. exports B. buys C. imports D. produces

4. A. either B. every C. each D. neither

5. A. hundreds B. hundred C. a hundred D. one hundred

X. Read the passage and answer the questions (5pts)

Chiang Mai is a city in the north of Thailand that has a wonderful night market. In the evening, the main
street is lined with small stands and shops that sell almost everything you can imagine. Some stands sell jewelry or
clothing, other sell traditional Thai crafts, and still others sell fresh fruit and spices. It’s easy to spend an entire
evening just looking at everything and it’s also easy to buy things because the prices are very reasonable. There are
a lot of wonderful attractions in Chiang Mai, but the night market is the most attractive to many people.

1- Where is Chiang Mai?

___________________________________________________

2- How is the main street in Chiang Mai at night?

___________________________________________________

3- What can you buy in the market?

___________________________________________________

4- Are things in the market very expensive?

___________________________________________________

5- Is the market the only attraction in Chiang Mai?

 ___________________________________________________

XI. Put one word in each gap to complete the passage (10 pts)

There’s much more water (1) ________ land on the surface of the earth. The seas and oceans cover nearly four-
fifths of the (2) ______ world, and only one-fifth of its land. If you traveled over the earth (3) _________ different
directions, you would have to spend (4) _______ more of your time moving on water than (5) _________ roads or
railways. We sometimes forget that for every mile of land there (6) _____ four miles of water.

There’s so much water in the (7) _________ of our earth that we have to use two words (8) ________ describe. We
use the (9) __________SEAS to describe those parts of water surface which are only few hundreds of (10) _______,
the word OCEANS to describe the huge areas of water which are thousands of miles wide and very deep.

XII. Rewrite the sentences, beginning as shown, so that the meaning stay the same (5pts)

1. Antarctica is colder than any other place in the world

 Antarctica is ___________________________________

2. Doing exercises every morning is good for you.

 It ____________________________________________

3. Lan likes playing tennis the most.

 Tennis ________________________________________

4. My brother plays the guitar very well.

 My brother is ___________________________________

5. Nick has never been to Da Nang before.

 This is _________________________________________

XIII. Make sentences using the words and phrases given (5 pts)

1. Discovery Channel/ make/ funny education/ children/ over/ world.

______________________________________________________________

2.Although/ Peter/ like/ sports/ much/ he/ not have/ time/ play/ watch/ them.

______________________________________________________________

3. summer/ we/ swimming/ my friends/ weekend/ winter/ we/ often/ ice skating.

______________________________________________________________

B. Mai/ her brother/ learn/ English/ four years.

______________________________________________________________
5. That boy/ the/ intelligent/ our class.

______________________________________________________________

XIV. Write a paragraph (60 – 80 words) about a kind of sports you like. (10 pts)

TRƯỜNG THCS

ĐỀ KIỂM TRA CHỌN ĐỘI TUYỂN DỰ THI HSG HUYỆN

NĂM HỌC 2018-2019(Vòng 2)

Môn Tiếng Anh lớp 6. (Thời gian làm bài 120 phút.)

I. Choose the word whose underlined part is pronounced differently from the others.

1. A. call B. fall C. shall D. wall

2. A. clown B. down C. own D. town

3. A. thank B. that C. this D. those

4. A. books B. pens C. rulers D. bags

5. A. come B. home C. some D. none

6. A. clothes B. watches C. benches D. classes

7. A. full B. tube C. blue D. fruit

8. A. doors B. dogs C. floors D. maps

9. A. hour B. happy C. high D. hotel

10. A. intersection B. eraser C. bookstore D. history

II. Choose the best aswer to complete the sentences.

1. We have Geography on Tuesday and Saturday. We have it …………… a week.

A. once B. twice C. second D. two time

2. Mai and Thao often do aerobics in ……………… free time.

A. your B. her C. his D. their

3. She doesn't like playing badminton. She ……………… plays badminton.

A. always B. usually C. often D. never

4. He wants …………. an engineer.

A. is B. be C. to be D. being

5. I'm tired. I'd like …………….

A. sit down B. sitting down C. to sit down D. to sitting down

6. Do you have any toothpaste? I want a large …………………

A. tin B. box C. bar D. tube

7. What …. the weather like in summer?

A. is B. does C. are D. do

8. It's very hot. Why ………. go swimming?

A. not we B. we not C. don't we D. we don't

9. How ………….. is a kilo of beef?

A. many B. much C. money D. much money

10. ……………………. book is this, yours or mine?

A. What B. Which C. Whose D. Who's

11. Hoa ………………… a lot of friends at her school.

A. has B. have C. to have D. to has

12. I'd like a hot drink. What ………….. you, Uyen?

A. are B. would C. about D. for

13. There are ………… eggs in the supermarket.

A. hundred B. hundred of C. hundreds of D. of hundred

14. …………… is Ba going to stay with?

A. Who B. Where C. What D. Which

15. In Math, Tom is …………….. than Billy.

A. good B. well C. better D. best

16.She often goes to school …………………

A. with bike B. on bike C. by plane D. by bus

17. Who is …………………, Bill Gates or Bill Clinton?

A. rich B. richer C. richest D. poor

18. The police station is ……………… to the bank.

A. next B. near C. besides D. opposite

19. There is …………….. milk in the glass.

A. many B. a lot C. any D. some

20. She has …………….. hair.

A. a black long B. black long C. long black D. a long black

III. Give the correct form of words in the brackets

1. Her father and mother are................................ FARM

2. His ……………….are small and long. FOOT

3. Near my house there is a market. It’s very …………………… NOISE

4. Her ………………..are in the yard. They are playing soccer. CHILD

5. There are many………………………….on the street. TREE

6. There is a………………………rice paddy near my house. BEAUTY

7. In the ……………..... , there is a museum, a factory and a stadium. NEIGHBOR

8. The photocopy is between the ……………….and the drugstore. BAKE

9. Minh is ..... ........................... at English than I am. GOOD

10. I go to visit my grandparents .........................a month. ONE

IV. Supply the correct form of verbs in the brackets.

1. There ………………..…. (be) many bookselves in the library.

2. Lan and Mai …………………… (play) games at the moment.

3. ………………..…………... (she / drive) a car? - Yes, she can.

4. Hoa ……………..…….. (not go) to shool on Sundays.

5. You shouldn't ………………….. (get) up late.

6. Don't …………………… (throw) trash in the street.

7. What ……………………….. (she / have) for breakfast tomorrow?

8. ………………………………. (you / live) in a town?

9. Where is Huy? – He ..............................(take) a bath in the bathroom.

10. Linh is not going to read books. She …………………………. (listen) to music.

V. Each line below has a word that shouldn’t be.Find and correct it into next colmn.

Mỗi dòng trong đoạn văn sau cótừ thừa, em hãy tìm ra từ đó và chép sang cột bên cạnh

This is Nam. He is my friend. He does gets up at a quarter to 0. does

six. He brushes his the teeth, takes a shower and gets dressed. 1. _______________

He has breakfast, then he leaves the house at a half past 2. _______________

six. The school is near from his house so he goes on foot. Classes 3. _______________

start at seven o’clock and end at half past eleven o’clock. He 4. _______________

comes back to home and has lunch at twelve o’clock. It’s 5. _______________

eight o’clock on Saturday evening now and Nam is in at home. 6. _______________

He is in his room house and he is playing video games . He is 7. _______________

also listening to music everyday at the same time. He plays 8. _______________

games and listens to music every on Saturday and Sunday 9. _______________

weekend. Sometimes he goes out and plays sports games with his 10. _______________
friends.

VI. Put a suitable preposition in the blank.

1. How …………….. eating out tonight, Tom?

2. Lan sometimes goes to school ………………… foot.

3. The film starts ………………… half past seven.

4. They are never late ……………….. school.

5. She is English. She is ……………..….. England.

VII. Fill in each gap with a suitable word to complete the dialogue.

Salesperson: Can I ……(1)……… you?

Customer: Yes. I would like ……(2)…….. meat.

Salesperson: How ……(3)………. do you want?

Customer: A kilo, ……(4)…...

Salesperson: A kilo of meat. Is there ……(5)……. else?

Customer: Yes. I'd ……(6)……….. some bananas.

Salesperson: How ……(7)…….. do you want?

Customer: Five. And I want to buy half a ……(8)…..of sugar.

Salesperson: ……(9)…… you are.

Customer: Thank you.

Salesperson: Thank you. See ……(10)… again.

VIII. Choose the best answer to complete the passage.

Jim Green ……(0)…… a student in a secondary school. He …(1)… classes from Monday to Friday. He has
many …(2).. to do after class in the afternoon. On Monday and Wednesday, he helps his ..(3)... with their English.
On Tuesday and Thursday, he takes part in the Informatics Club. On Friday, he …(4)……basketball. He goes to the
park or museum …(5)…. his parents and his sister ……(6)……Saturday. On Sunday, he has a good rest …(7)….. home
and …….(8)…. his homework.

Now, it is 8:30 in the morning, Jim ………(9)……… in the classroom and having a Math class. He is listening to
the teacher carefully. His friends David and Tony are looking at the blackboard. Lucy and Lily are thinking. Mary is
writing something in her notebook. All of them ……(10)….. working hard.

0. A. be B. are C. is D. am

1. A. to have B. has C. have D. having

2. A. school B. lesson C. housework D. things

3. A. books B. friends C. rulers D. notebooks

4. A. reads B. plays C. writes D. sees

5. A. with B. to C. by D. of

6. A. at B. in C. on D. to

7. A. in B. at C. on D. of

8. A. makes B. works C. does D. thinks

9. A. are sitting B. sitting C. sit D. is sitting

10. A. is B. are C. be D. to be

IX. Fill in each gap with ONE suitable word.

Mr. Tinh is an engineer …………(1) a big factory. He lives in a small apartment………….……(2) the fifth floor of
a building in Ho Chi Minh City. The factory isn’t (3)…………..… his house, so he goes to work by bus. He ……….…….(4)
home at 7 o’clock to arrive to work at 7.45. It ………………(5) Saturday morning now, and Mr. Tuan is at……………..…..
(6), in bed. On Saturdays he gets up at a …………..…..(7) to seven. Then he ……………....(8) in the living room and has
breakfast. On Saturday afternoons he……………….(9) tennis or goes swimming. On Saturday evenings, he (10)
………………. stay at home, he usually goes out.
X. Make questions for underlined parts.

1. She is cooking meal in the kitchen.

………………………………………………………………….

2. I’d like some milk and vegetables.

………………………………………………………………….

3. Na never flies a kite.

………………………………………………………………….

4. We often go to school by bicycles.

………………………………………………………………….

5. Her eyes are brown

………………………………………………………………….

6. There is a lamp by the telephone.

………………………………………………………………….

7. Minh is going to travel to school with his friends.

………………………………………………………………….

8. Tuan is playing volleyball with his father in the yard.

………………………………………………………………….

9. My brother wants to drink a glass of lemon juice.

………………………………………………………………….

10. Linh has milk and eggs for her breakfast.

………………………………………………………………….

XI. Use the given words to make meaningful sentences.

1. Quang / brother / walk / movie theater / tonight.

2. Ba / usually / play volleyball / summer/friends / but / sometimes / sailing.

3. Mrs. Hoa / going / see / /movie / children?
4. We/ like/ hot/ because/ can/ swim/badminton.

5. What / there / your house/and/ bakery ?

6. They/ often / go / park/when/warm?

7. What / weather / like / spring?
8. When / hot / Huy / fishing/brother.
9. My father / visit / Ha Noi / this summer vacation.
10. Huy/good/student/my class.

……………………………………………………………………………………………………

……………………………………………………………………………………………………

……………………………………………………………………………………………………

……………………………………………………………………………………………………

……………………………………………………………………………………………………

……………………………………………………………………………………………………

……………………………………………………………………………………………………

……………………………………………………………………………………………………

……………………………………………………………………………………………………

……………………………………………………………………………………………………

XII. Write a composition (about 80 words) to tell about your village:

(don’t show your name, or your village):

……………………………………………………………………………………………………

……………………………………………………………………………………………………

……………………………………………………………………………………………………

……………………………………………………………………………………………………

……………………………………………………………………………………………………

……………………………………………………………………………………………………

……………………………………………………………………………………………………

……………………………………………………………………………………………………

……………………………………………………………………………………………………

……………………………………………………………………………………………………
……………………………………………………………………………………………………

……………………………………………………………………………………………………

The key and marks

I. Choose the word whose underlined part is pronounced differently from the others.

1 mark = 0,1 X 10

1C 2C 3A 4A 5B 6A 7B 8D 9A 10B

II. Choose the best aswer to complete the sentences.

2 marks = 0,1 X 20

1B 2D 3D 4C 5C 6D 7A 8C 9B 10C

11A 12C 13C 14A 15C 16D 17B 18A 19D 20C

III. Give the correct form of words in the brackets

2 marks = 0,2 X 10

1.farmers 2.feet 3.noisy 4.children 5.trees

6.beautiful 7.neighborhood 8.bakery 9.better 10.once

IV. Supply the correct form of verbs in the brackets.

2 marks = 0,2 X 10

1.are 2.are playing 3.Can she drive 4.doesn’t go 5.get

6.throw 7.is she going to have 8.Do you live 9. is taking 10.is going to listen

V. Each of the following sentences has a ………………………….

1- the 2-a 3-from 4-o’clock 5-to 6-in 7- house 8- everyday 9-on 10- games

VI. Put a suitable preposition in the blank.

0,5 mark = 0,1 X 5

1.about 2.on 3.at 4.for 5.from

VII. Fill in each gap with a suitable word to complete the dialogue.

1 mark = 0,1 X 10
1.help 2.some 3.much 4.please 5.anything

6.like 7.many 8.kilo 9.Here 10.you

VIII. Choose the best answer to complete the passage.

2 marks = 0,2 X 10

1B 2D 3B 4B 5A 6C 7B 8C 9D 10B

IX. Fill in each gap with ONE suitable word.

1-in 2-on 3-near 4-leaves 5-is 6-home 7-quarter 8-sits 9-plays 10-doesn’t

X. Make questions for underlined parts.

2 marks = 0,2 X 10

1. Where is she cooking meal?

2. What would you like?

3. How often does Na fly a kite?

4. How do you often go to school?

5. What color are her eyes?

6. What is there by the telephone?

7. Who is Minh going to travel to school with?

8. What is Tuan doing with his father in the yard?

9. What does your brother want to do?

10. Who has milk and eggs for her breakfast?

XI. Use the given words to make meaningful sentences.

2 marks = 0,2 X 10

1. Quang’s brother is going to walk to the movie theater tonight.

2. Ba usually plays volleybal in the summer with his friends but sometimes he goes sailing.
3. Is Mrs.Hoa going to see a movie with her children?
4. We like hot weather because we can swim and play badminton.
5. What is there between your house and the bakery?
6. Do they often go to the park when it’s warm?
7. What is the weather like in the spring?
8. When it is hot, Huy goes fishing with his brother.
9. My father is going to visit Ha Noi this summer vacation.
10. Huy is the best student in my class.
XII. Write a composition (about 80 words) to tell about your village:
2,5 marks

PHÒNG GD&ĐT HUYỆN ĐỀ THI OLYMPIC LỚP 6

TRƯỜNG THCS Năm học

Môn: Tiếng Anh

Thời gian: 120 phút (không kể thời gian giao đề)

PART TWO: PHONETICS (10¿ 0,2=2,0 pts)

I. Choose the word whose underlined part is pronounced differently. (5¿ 0,2=1,0 pt)

1. A. habit B. hour C. honest D. honor

2. A. sky B. my C. try D. sixty

3. A. meaning B. bead C. deaf D. steamer

4. A. should B. proud C. sound D. count

5. A. chair B. school C. couch D. children

II. Choose the word whose main stress is placed differently from that of the others. (5
¿ 0,2=1,0 pt)
1. A. information B. entertainment C. offer D. afternoon
2. A. difference B. remote C. rural D. urban
3. A. believe B. recycle C. exciting D. nature
4. A. traffic B. apartment C. arrange D. supply
5. A. facility B. community C. happy D. humidity
PART THREE: VOCABULARY AND GRAMMAR (30 0,2=6,0 pts) ¿
IA. Choose the best answer to each of the following sentences. (10 ¿ 0,2=2,0 pts)
1. Don't _______until the race finishes.
A. talking B. to talk C. talk D. talked
2. It's not difficult _______garbage around the school yard.
A. collecting B. to collect C. collect D. collected
3. We let you know as soon as we made our _______.
A. decide B. decided C. decisive D. decision
4. The baby doesn't look _______. I think she's going to cry.
A. happy B. happily C. happiness D. unhappily
5. They hope they will receive a gold_______.
A. prize B. award C. medal D. all are correct
6.I have a lot of _______to do for tomorrow’s test, so I can't go with you.
 A. homework B. homeworks C. housework D. chores
7.We hope to earn some money _______our school.
A. on B. for C. at D. from
8.Why don’t you participate _______our program?
A. on B. in C. at D. from
9.The new shopping mall is quite _______the present shopping area.
A. different from B. the same C. like D. similar to
10.Most people enjoy _______to different parts of the world.
A. to travel B. travel C. traveled D. traveling
11..___________ a sofa in the attic.
There isn’t B. there aren’t C. there is D. A & C
12.We ___________ flowers in the school garden.
Must pick B. must to pick C. mustn’t pick D. mustn’t to pick
13.Is a snake _____ a dog?
Dangerous B. dangerous than C. more dangerous D. all are
incorrect.
14.My neighbourhood is __________ than your neighbourhood.
More noisy B. more noisier C. noisier D. A & C
15.Children receive __________ in red envelopes.
Lucky money B. new clothes C. wish D. special
food
16.I can’t come right now. I ___________ when I finish my homework.
Am coming B. come C. will come D. comes
17.“_________ do you play the piano?” –“once a week”
How much B. how long C. how far D. how often
18.Vietnam ___________ Tet, but Korea doesn’t
Decorates B. celebrates C. makes D. does
19.He _____ me the way to the centre.
Shows B. tells C. asks D. all
are correct
20.____ go to the cinema?
Would you like B. what about C. how about D. shall
we
II.Give the correct verb form.
1. Yesterday, I (go)______ to the restaurant with a client.
2. If I see him I (give) him a lift
3. I(see)_______________ that film several times because I like
4. I (not go) ______ to school last Sunday.
5. She (get) _________ married last year?
6. What______ you (do) ___ last night?- I (do) ____ my homework.
7. We (do)____________ exercise at the moment.
8. Yesterday, I (get) _____ up at 6 and (have) _____ breakfast at 6.30.
9. ______ he (walk) ________to school yesterday? - No, he ___________.
10. In the future, robots (be able to)__________ understand what we say.
11. People ( speak) _________ English and French in Canada
12. They ( not do) _________their homework last night.
13. He (not smoke)_______ for two weeks. He is trying to give it up.
14. My wife and I (travel)____________to Mexico by air last summer.
15. If you (not like) _________ this one I'll bring you another.
III. Write the correct form of the words given in capital letters. (10 ¿ 0,2=2,0 pts)
 1. Our school children sometimes go ........................... on the weekend.
(CAMP)
2. Mount Everest is very high. It is ............................ mountain in the world.
(HIGH)
3. Lee comes from China. He speaks ............................
(CHINA)
4. Is the Underground in London ............................ than the Metro in Paris?
(GOOD)
5. We must be .............................. when we cross the road.
(CARE)
6. At school we have a lot of .............................
(ACT)
7. Her birthday is on the ............................ of September.
(TWENTY)
8. There are five .......................... in the kitchen.
(KNIFE)
9. Don’t make a fire here. It’s very ............................ .
(DANGER)
10. He is a ........................... person, so he sometimes has accidents.
(CARE)
VI. Supply the correct form of the verbs in the brackets. (5¿ 0,2=1,0 pt)
1. Mary (not go) .................................. to school on Sunday.
2.My father and I (visit) .................................. Ha Long Bay this summer vacation.
3. You should (learn) .................................. hard to please your parents.
4. Their house is small. They'd like (buy) .................................. a bigger house.
5. Nam (ride) .................................. his bike to school now.
V. Fill in the blanks with the correct prepositions. (5 ¿ 0,2=1,0 pt)
1. Lan is standing near the store and she is waiting ....................... the bus.
2. I have to stay ....................... late because I don’t finish my homework.
3. My father always goes to work ....................... his own car.
4. Their children are playing soccer in the yard ........................ the moment.
5. She is interesting .......................Literature, but we are fond of Math.
PART FOUR:READING (25¿ 0,2=5,0 pts)
I. Read and circle the best option A, B, C, or D to complete the passage. (10 ¿ 0,2=2,0
pts)
MY TEACHER
My teacher, Miss White, is a young lady (1) ……….. twenty-six. She is a nice
lady. She loves her students (2) ………... She never (3)………. angry with them. Miss
White (4) ………. teaching her students. Sometimes she tells (5) ………. many
interesting stories. I like to listen to her stories (6) ………. they all help us to learn
some (7) ………. lessons. Sometimes she takes us out (8) ………. a picnic. Whenever
she takes us out, she tries to teach us something (9) ……….. It is my dream that (10)
………. I grow up, I can become a good teacher like her.
1. A. of B. with C. from D. by
2. A. very many B. very much C. too D. so
3. A. is B. gets C. makes D.
comes
4. A. enjoy B. enjoying C. enjoys D. to
enjoy
5. A. we B. they C. I D. us
6. A. because B. when C. where D. why
7. A. use B. useful C. using D. to
use
8. A. from B. by C. for D. of
9. A. old B. new C. bad D. well
10. A. where B. why C. what D. when
II. Read the passage and fill the suitable word in the blank. (10 ¿ 0,2=2,0 pts)
Our country (1) ………. small and very beautiful. It has (2)………. seasons in a
year. They are Spring, Summer, Autumn and Winter. It is warm in spring, hot in
summer, (3)………. in autumn and cold in winter. When (4)………. weather is warm,
we often play volleyball, tennis or go fishing. When it is hot, we often (5) ……….
camping or go swimming. When (6) ………. is cool we often play football or go
jogging. When the weather is cold, we often play basketball, skip or play video game.
Our (7) ………. season is autumn because the weather in (8) ………. is not very cold
and (9)……….. very hot. The weather is cool, so it is very good (10)………. our health.
III. Read the letter and answer the questions
Liverpool, October 7 th, 2013
Dear Jose,
Thank you for your letter. It was interesting. And thank you for your photographs.
Your village looks beautiful. Now I would like to tell you about myself and my family. I
live in a town about 40 miles (that’s about 64 kilometers) from London. I have one
brother and one sister and we are all in the local school. My mother is a tourist officer
and she goes to London everyday by train. My father is a computer grammer and he
works at home.
On the weekends, I often play football with the school team. I sometimes go to the
local gym. There is a very good pool at the gym, too.
I look forward to your next letter.
Best wishes,
Andrew.
1. Who wrote the letter? To whom?
2. How many people are there in Andrew’s family?
3. Where does Jose’s family live?
4. What does Andrew often do on the weekends?
IV . Use the words to make meaningful sentences
1 . What / expensive car!
...................................................................................................
2.Mai / never / watch / a 3D movie.
.......................................................................................................................................
.
3. If / we plant trees / the school yard, / our school / greener place.
.......................................................................................................................................
.
4.In the year 2030, / robots / be able to do all / housework instead /us.
.......................................................................................................................................
.
V.Make questions for the underlined part .
1. Vietnamese teenagers help old people by cleaning their yards or painting their houses.

2. Viet doesn’t want to go to my house because he has too many assignments.

3. It is Thursday tomorrow.

4. Lien’s brother is practicing the guitar now.

5. My uncle and I go to the tennis club once a week.

6. They will fly to Brazil next month.

7. We are going to visit the Natural Science Museum next weekend.

8. You should invite our former classmates to your birthday party.

9. Trung usually borrows his brother’s motorbike.

10. Our children have to do a lot of homework every day.

PART FIVE:WRITING: (5,0 pts)

I. Rearrange the words to make meaningful sentences. (5¿ 0,2=1,0 pt)
1. language/ which / does/ your/ speak/ friend/ ?
->...............................................................................................................................
2. from/ I/ past/ eleven/ seven/ to/ quarter/ classes/ have/ a/.
->...............................................................................................................................
are/ be/ must/ careful/ you/ crossing/ road/ you/ when/ the/.
->...............................................................................................................................
he/ is/ going/ watch/ to / a/ match/ television/ on /tonight/ football/?
->...............................................................................................................................
often / weekends / go / I / at / swimming / and/ my/ brother/ the/.
->...............................................................................................................................
II. Complete the second sentence, using the word given in brackets so that it has a
similar meaning to the first sentence. Do not change the word given in any way. (10 ¿
0,2=2,0 pts)
1. How much is this hat?-
>What ...........................................................................................................................
..?
2. Nam isn’t tall and neither is his brother.->Nam is
short ....................................................................
3. This dictionary is more expensive than that one.
->That dictionary
is ..........................................................................................................
4. How heavy is your sister? ->What ........................................................................?
5. There are eleven classrooms in our school.->Our
school .........................................................
6. Her mother and she walk to school in the morning.-> Her mother and she
go....................................................
7. What is the price of a bowl of water?->How........................................................?
8. Let’s dance and sing a song.-> What about..............................................................?
9. No hotel on the street is newer than this hotel.-> This
hotel.................................................................
10. Does her school have twenty- three classrooms and eight hundred-eighty
students?
->
Are.................................................................................................................................
?
.11I like video games better than computer games.I
prefer............................................................................
12.My brother can play tennis very well.My brother
is....................................................................
13.. It takes me about two hours each day to do my homework.
I spend ……………………………………………
14.What is the price of the two notebooks?
=> How …………………………………………………………………………
15.We started living here in 1995.=> We have ………………………………………..
16.. You don’t need to set off early.=> It isn’t …………………………………
-The end-

HƯỚNG DẪN CHẤM ĐỀ THI OLYMPIC LỚP 6

MÔN: TIẾNG ANH
 ¿
PART ONE: LISTENING : (10 0,2=2,0 pts)
( Tape transcript of Unit 10 – B5 Textbook 6)
*Listen and match:
1. c, f 2. a , d 3. e, g 4. b, h
*Listen and answer:
5. Nhan would like some chicken and some rice.
6. Huong wants some fruit and some milk.
7. No, she doesn’t.
8. Mai would like some fish.
9. Yes , she does.
10. Tuan wants vegetables.
PART TWO: PHONETICS (10¿ 0,2=2,0 pts)

I. Choose the word whose underlined part is pronounced differently.

1. A. habit 2. D. sixty 3. C. deaf 4. A. should 5. B. school

II. Choose the word whose main stress is placed differently from that of the others.

1. C. offer 2. B. remote 1. D. nature 4. A. traffic 5. C. happy

PART THREE: VOCABULARY AND GRAMMAR (30¿ 0,2=6,0 pts)

I. Choose the best answer to each of the following sentences. (10¿ 0,2=2,0 pts)

1. C. talk 3. D. decision 5. C. medal 7. B. for 9. A. different from

2. B. to collect 4. A. happy 6. A. homework 8. B. in 10. D. traveling

II. Write the correct form of the words given in capital letters. (10¿ 0,2=2,0 pts)

1. camping 2. the highest 3. Chinese

4. better 5. careful 6. activities

7. twentieth 8. knives 9. dangerous

10. careless
III. Supply the correct form of the verbs in the brackets. (5¿ 0,2=1,0 pt)

1. doesn't go 2. are going to visit/will visit 3. learn 4. to buy 5. is riding

IV. Fill in the blanks with the correct prepositions. (5¿ 0,2=1,0 pt)

1. for 2. up 3. by 4. at 5. in

PART FOUR:READING (25¿ 0,2=5,0 pts)

I. Read and circle the best option A, B, C, or D to complete the passage. (10¿ 0,2=2,0 pts)

1. A.of 2. B.verymuch 3. B. gets 4.C.enjoys 5.D. us

6.A.because 7.B.useful 8.C.for 9.D. well 10.D.when

II. Read the passage and fill the suitable word in the blank. (10¿ 0,2=2,0 pts)

1. is 2. four 3. cool 4. the 5. go

6. it 7. favorite 8. autumn 9. not 10. for

III. Read the passage an answer the questions. (5¿ 0,2=1,0 pt)

1. She is a teacher.

2. She teaches at a small school in the village .

3. She gets up at six.

4. No, it is not.

5. She goes to work by bicycle.

PART FIVE:WRITING: (5,0 pts)

a. Rearrange the words to make meaningful sentences. (5¿ 0,2=1,0 pt)

1. Which language does your friend speak?

2. I have classes from seven to a quarter past eleven.

3. You must be careful when you are crossing the road.

4. Is he going to watch a football match on television tonight?

5. My brother and I often go swimming at the weekends.

II. Complete the second sentence, using the word given in brackets so that it has a similar meaning to the first
sentence. Do not change the word given in any way. (10¿ 0,2=2,0 pts)

1. What is the price of this hat?

2. Nam is short and so is his brother.

3. That dictionary is cheaper than this one.

4. What is your sister’s weight?

5. Our school has eleven classrooms.

6. Her mother and she go to school in the morning on foot.

7. How much is a bottle of water?

8. What about dancing and singing a song?

9. This hotel is the newest on the street.

10. Are there twenty- three classrooms and eight hundred- eighty students in her school?

III. Write a composition (about 80 words) to tell about your daily routine. (2,0pts)

(Don’t show your name, your school or your village)

The essay must have at least three ideas below.

1. Mở bài: Nêu được chủ đề viết về thói quen hàng ngày. ( được 0,5 điểm)

2. Thân bài: Nêu và trình bày một số các hoạt động thường diễn ra trong ngày như: Vào buổi sáng dậy lúc mấy giờ,
hoạt động( kèm theo giờ),thường làm gì vào buổi chiều, buổi tối.........

(được 1 điểm).

3. Kết luận: Tóm lại được nội dung bài viết. (được 0,5 điểm)

PHÒNG GD&ĐT THANH SƠN ĐỀ THI HỌC SINH NĂNG KHIẾU VÒNG CỤM

NĂM HỌC 2017 - 2018

 Môn: Tiếng Anh 6

Thời gian: 120 phút (Không kể thời gian giao đề)

(Đề thi có 06 trang)

Điểm Họ tên, chữ ký giám khảo Số phách

- Bằng số: …………………… GK1: …………………………….

- Bằng chữ: …………………… GK2: …………………………….

PART 1: LISTENING

I. Listen carefully and complete the information in the table below (1pt)

Full name: Sophie (1) _JACOBS__

Country: (2) ___HOLLAND____

Age: (3) ____20_____

Address: 32 Broadway SE (4) __23__

Phone number: (5) ___2709336______

II. Listen and choose the time of each program. Write your answers in the box (1pt)

1. Children’s program: A. 6:00 B. 5:00 C. 6:10

2. Early News: A. 6:00 B. 6:10 C. 6:30

3. Weather forecast: A. 5:50 B. 6:10 C. 10:00

4. The World Today : A. 6:00 B. 6:10 C. 6:15

5. Movie: “The Firtful of Dollars”: A. 5:00 B. 7:00 C. 7:30

 1. 2. 3. 4. 5.

PART 2: PHONETICS

III. Choose the word that has the underlined part pronounced diffrently (0.6p)

1. A. citadel B. vacation C. destination D. lemonade

2. A. breakfast B. bread C. head D. great

3. A. book B. food C. foot D. good

1. 2. 3.

IV. Choose the words whose stress parttern is different from the others (0.4p)

1. A. engineer B. animal C. television D. volleyball

2. A. destroy B. clinic C. behind D. idea

1. 2.

PART 3: LEXICO- GRAMMAR

V. Choose the best option for each sentence. Write letter A, B, C or D in the box. (7pt)

1. My sister feels ………… again after her illness.

A. strongly B. strong C. is strong D. strength

2. He ………… arrives on time.

A. not B. never C. does not D. do not

3. …………… do the trains run? - Every four hours.

A. What time B. How often C. How far D. How much
4. My brother wants a good pair of shoes because he often goes …………

A. jogging B. running C. swimming D. sailing

5. In spring, we often help our Mum ………… the housework.

A. for B. about C. on D. with

6. The weather here often ………… quickly. It’s difficult to forecast.

A. change B. changes C. is changing D. is going to change

7. “…………… are we going to travel there?” - “Let’s call a taxi.”

A. What B. Where C. How D. Why

8. What about ………… a cup of coffee?

A. having B. have C. you have D. do you have

9. Your house is very large, but his house is even larger ………… your house.

A. to B. than C. as D. like

10. Let him ………… it him self

A. to do B. doing C. does D. do

11. My aunt and uncle’s children are my ………………

A. nieces B. nephews C. cousins D. sisters
12. Nam and I ………… table tennis.

A. am playing B. is playing C. are playing D. playing

13. Do you know how many floors …………. in your school?

A. there are B. there has C. have there D. are there

14. How beautiful the girl is! She has …………… eyes.
A. round big brown B. big brown round
C. big round brown D. brown big round
15. Susan is the ……………… of the two girls.

A prettiest B. prettier C. pretty D. more pretty.

16. My brother, Minh ………………. English on Monday and Friday.

A. not have B. don’t have C. isn’t have D. doesn’t have

17. Hoang’s father gets up at 7.00 and eats ………………

A. a big breakfast B. the big breakfast

C. big breakfast D. a breakfast big

18. They like …………… weather because they can go swimming.

A. hot B. cold C. windy D. foggy

19. …………… fruit does Mr. Thanh produce?

A. How much B. How many C. How long D. How often

20. We …………… to a new house tomorrow.

A. will move B. are moving C. move D. are going to move
21. Tokyo has a …………… of 12 million.

A. people B. population C. popular D. number

22. I would like …………… a new dictionary but I don’t have enough money.

A. buy B. to buy C. buys D. buying

23. I hope the …………… can repair our car quickly.

A. mechanic B. architect C. reporter D. dentist
24. Is your school …………… the zoo?
A. near to B. in front to C. next D. in front of

25. My friends often go to school at …………… in the morning.

A. a quarter to seven B. seven to a quarter

C. seven quarter D. a quarter seven

26. I don’t have …………. apples but I have …………. oranges.

A. any- any B. some- any C. some- some D. any- some

27. This fridge is …………… than that one.
A. more modern B. most modern C. moderner D. modernest
28. What time …………… on television?

A. is the news B. are the news C. is news D. are news

29. Whose book is this, his or ……………?

A. she B. hers C. her D. him
30. There is ………… university and …………… big stadium in our city.
A. a- a B. an- a C. an- the D. a- an
31. On the table are vegetables, bread and two large ……………

A. bowl of soup B. bowl of soups C. bowls of soups D. bowls of soup

32. I’m Vietnamese. What’s your ……………?

A. nation B. national C. nationality D. nations

33. It ……………. heavily, we can’t do anything until it stops.

A. rain B. rains C. is raining D. to rain

34. They like ……………. at weekends.

A. go swimming B. going to swim C. go to swimD. going swimming

35. What ………… there …………… for dinner?
A. are - drink B. are - to drink C. is - to drink D. is - drink

1. 6. 11. 16. 21. 26. 31.

2. 7. 12. 17. 22. 27. 32.

3. 8. 13. 18. 23. 28. 33.

4. 9. 14. 19. 24. 29. 34.

5. 10. 15. 20. 25. 30. 35.

VI. There is a mistake in each sentence. Find and correct it. Write in the box below. (1pt)

1. That’s my father over there. He stands near the window

A B C D

2. A lot of my friends play tennis, but not much of them play volley ball

A B C D

3. John doesn’t like video games, and his sister likes them very much

A B C D

4. His sister is a good cooker. She works in a restaurant.

A B C D

5. Tokyo is one of the biggest city in the world.

 A B C D

1. … 2. … 3. … 4. … 5. …

=> ……………. => ……………. => ……………. => ……………. => …………….

PART 4: READING

VII. Circle the best option for each space to complete the following letter (2pts)

There are five different types of rhino in the world today. The Black and White Rhino live
in (1) ______ open fields of Africa. The others live in forests in Asia.

All rhinos have big, heavy bodies. Their skin is very hard and they have very (2)______
hair. The great body (3) ______ the rhino stands (4) ______ four short legs. Each foot (5) ______
three toes. They usually walk very (6) ______, but they can run at 50 kilometers (7) ______ hour.
Rhinos are usually quiet and calm animals, and they only (8) ______ and other plants.

A baby rhino weighs 40 kilos when it is born. It has been inside (9) ______ mother for
about fifteen months. An adult rhino weighs over 200 kilos and may (10) ______ to be 50 years
old.

1. A. an B. a C. these D. the

2. A. few B. many C. little D. lot

3. A. of B. for C. with D. to

4. A. in B. on C. of D. at

5. A. there B. have C. there are D. has

6. A. slowly B. slow C. slower D. slowest

7. A. a B. an C. the D. this

8. A. to eat B. eats C. eat D. eating

9. A. its B. their C. it’s D. them

10. A. lives B. living C. to live D. live

1. 2. 3. 4. 5.
 6. 7. 8. 9. 10.

VIII. Complete the following passage by filling one suitable word in each blank. Write your
words in the box below. (2pts)

Today is Sunday. (1) ______ is fine and warm. Mr Minh ’s family are (2) ______ at home.
They are working in the house now. Mr. Minh is cleaning the doors and windows. Trung is helping
(3) ______. Mrs. Nga and Thuy (4) ______ in the kitchen. Mrs Nga is (5) ______ the dishes. Thuy is
cleaning the vegetables. They are cooking the lunch. They are going to (6) ______ a good lunch
together.
Mr. Minh’s family are not free today. They are busy (7) ______ the housework, but they
are very happy. They are going to finish the housework at half past eleven, then they will have (8)
______. In the afternoon, they are going to the park. In the (9) ______ Trung and Thuy are going
to (10) ______ all their exercises before going to bed.

1. 2. 3. 4. 5.

6. 7. 8. 9. 10.

IX. Read and decide whether the statements below are true (T) or false (F) (1pt)

Nowadays, football becomes one of the world’s most popular games. Millions of people
play and watch it all around the world.

A football match often has two parts. Each part is forty-five minutes. The first part is the
first half and the second part is the second half. There is a fifteen-minute break between the two
halves.

There are two teams in a football match. Each football team has eleven players, including a
goal-keeper. The players on the ground try to kick the ball into the other’s goal. The team which
scores more goals wins the match.

True or False?

1. Millions of people play football.

2. A football match has two halves of forty-five minutes each.

3. There is no break in a football match.

4. Each football team has eleven players and a goal-keeper in the field.
 5. The winning team is the team scores more goals.

1. 2. 3. 4. 5.

PART 5: WRITING

X. Sentence transformation

a) Complete each of the following sentences in such a way that it means the same as the
sentence printed before it (1pt)

1. What does your father do?

=> What is ……………………………………………………………………………………….

2. What is the height of this building?

=> How ………………………………………………………………………………………….

3. Minh is the most intelligent student in my class.

=> No one ……………………………………………………………………………………….
4. How much does a box of chocolate cost?

=> What ………………………………………………………………………………………….

5. Mrs. Tuyet is Trang’s mother’s mother.

=> Trang …………………………………………………………………………………………

b) Complete the second sentence so that it has a similar meaning to the first sentence, using the
word given. Do not change the word given (1pt)

6. Miss White’s face is oval. It is small. (has)

……………………………………………………………………………………………………

7. I always wash my hair after taking a shower. (before)

……………………………………………………………………………………………………

8. Does Phong's school have fifteen classrooms? (there)

……………………………………………………………………………………………………
9. Mr. and Mrs. Bui are going to fly to Ho Chi Minh city tomorrow. (by)

……………………………………………………………………………………………………

10. Phanxipang is 3,143 meters. Mount Everest is 8,848 meters. (much)

……………………………………………………………………………………………………

XI. Write a paragraph (100-120 words) about your daily routine (2pts)
 -- THE END --

PHÒNG GD&ĐT THANH SƠN ĐÁP ÁN ĐỀ THI HỌC SINH NĂNG KHIẾU VÒNG CỤM

NĂM HỌC 2017 - 2018

 Môn: Tiếng Anh 6

PART 1: LISTENING

I. Listen carefully and complete the information in the table below (1pt)

1. Jacobs 2. Holland 3. 20 4. 32 5. 2709336

II. Listen and choose the time of each program. Write your answers in the box (1pt)

1. B 2. A 3. B 4. C 5. B

PART 2: PHONETICS

III. Choose the word that has the underlined part pronounced diffrently (0.6p)

1. A 2. D 3. B

IV. Choose the words whose stress parttern is different from the others (0.4p)

1. A 2. B

PART 3: LEXICO- GRAMMAR

V. Choose the best option for each sentence. Write letter A, B, C or D in the box. (7pt)

1. B 6. B 11. C 16. D 21. B 26. D 31. D

2. B 7. C 12. C 17. A 22. B 27. A 32. C

3. B 8. A 13. A 18. A 23. A 28. A 33. C

4. A 9. B 14. C 19. A 24. D 29. B 34. D

5. D 10. D 15. B 20. D 25. A 30. A 35. C

VI. There is a mistake in each sentence. Find and correct it. Write in the box below. (1pt)

1. C 2. C 3. B 4. B 5. C
 => is standing => many => but => good cook => cities

PART 4: READING

VII. Circle the best option for each space to complete the following letter (2pts)

1. D 2. C 3. A 4. B 5. D

6. A 7. B 8. C 9. A 10. D

VIII. Complete the following passage by filling one suitable word in each blank. Write your
words in the box below. (2pts)

1. It 2. staying 3. him 4. are 5. washing

6. have 7. with 8. lunch 9. evening 10. do

IX. Read and decide whether the statements below are true (T) or false (F) (1pt)

1. T 2. T 3. F 4. F 5. T

PART 5: WRITING

X. Sentence transformation

a) Complete each of the following sentences in such a way that it means the same as the
sentence printed before it (1pt)

1. What is your father’s job?

2. How high is this building?
3. No one in my class is as intelligent as Minh.
(No one in my class is more intelligent than Minh)
4. What is thw price of a box of chocolate?
5. Trang is Mrs. Tuyet’s daughter’s daughter.
b) Complete the second sentence so that it has a similar meaning to the first sentence, using the
word given. Do not change the word given (1pt)

6. Miss white has a small oval face.

7. I always take a shower before washing my hair.

8. Are there fifteen classrooms in Phong’s school?

9. Mr. and Mrs. Bui are going to Ho Chi Minh city by plane (air) tomorrow.

10. Mount Everest is much higher than Phanxipang.

XI. Write a paragraph (100-120 words) about your daily routine (2pts)

Mô tả tiêu chí đánh giá Điểm tối đa

- Câu đề dẫn chủ đề mạch lạc
1. Bố cục - Bố cục hợp lí, rõ ràng, phù hợp yêu cầu của đề bài 0,5
- Bố cục uyển chuyển từ mở bài đến kết luận
- Phát triển ý có trình tự logic
2. Phát triển ý - Có dẫn chứng, ví dụ, … đủ để bảo vệ ý kiến của 0,3
mình
- Sử dụng ngôn từ phù hợp nội dung
3. Sử dụng ngôn từ - Sử dụng ngôn từ đúng văn phong/ thể loại 0,3
- Sử dụng từ nối các ý cho bài viết uyển chuyển
- Đủ thuyết phục người đọc
4. Nội dung - Đủ dẫn chứng, ví dụ, lập luận 0,6
- Độ dài: Số lượng từ không nhiều hơn hoặc không ít
hơn so với qui định 5%
- Sử dụng đúng dấu câu
- Chính tả: Viết đúng chính tả (lỗi chính tả gây hiểu
nhầm/sai lệch ý sẽ bị tính một lỗi và bị trừ 1% điểm
5. Ngữ pháp, dấu của bài viết; cùng một lỗi chính tả lặp lại chỉ tính một 0,3
câu, và chính tả lỗi)
- Sử dụng đúng thời, thể, cấu trúc câu đúng ngữ pháp
(lỗi ngữ pháp gây hiểu nhầm/sai lệch ý sẽ bị tính một
lỗi và bị trừ 1% điểm của bài viết)
Tổng 2 điểm
* Lưu ý: Nếu thí sinh có câu trả lời khác với Hướng dẫn chấm trên đây nhưng đúng thì giám
khảo vẫn cho điểm tương ứng với câu đó.
PHÒNG GD& ĐT ĐỀ KHẢO SÁT CHẤT LƯỢNG HỌC SINH GIỎI

TRƯỜNG THCS NĂM HỌC: 2018-2019

MÔN THI: TIẾNG ANH 6 ( THÍ SINH LÀM BÀI TRÊN ĐỀ THI)

Thời gian làm bài:120 phút ( ĐỀ THI GỒM 5 TRANG)

Điểm bằng số: ………………………………… Giám khảo 1: …………………………...……… SỐ PHÁCH

……………………………...
Điểm bằng chữ: ……………………………… Giám khảo 2: …………………………...………

SECTION A: PHONETICS

I. Choose one word whose underlined part is pronounced differently from the rest. (10 pts)

1. A. ahead B. bread C. overseas D. breakfast

2. A. doctors B. days C. schools D. books

3. A. danced B. crowded C. excited D. visited

4. A. missed B. traveled C. washed D. looked

5. A. picture B. future C. sure D. nature

6. A. cinema B. comic C. cake D. book

7. A. hard B. card C. carry D. yard

8. A. science B. snack C. stove D. sugar

9. A. well B. get C. send D. pretty

10. A. teenager B. vacation C. pastime D. change

Your answer:

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6.

SECTION B: GRAMMAR AND VOCABULARY

I. Choose the best answer among A, B, C or D. (14 pts)

1. The mother told her son “____________swim in the lake. It’s dangerous”

A. Don’t B. Not C. Can’t D. Mustn’t

2. A tourist: “________! Can you tell me the way to the food stall?”

Minh: I’m sorry that I’m not living here

A. Thank you B. All right C. Listen D. Excuse me

3. – “________ don’t you go with us to the stadium this weekend?” – “That’s a good idea”

A. How B. Why C. What D. When

4. If we _________water, a lot of fish will die

A. recycle B. drink C. pollute D. save

5. Drinking milk everyday is very good ___________ your health.

A. of B. at C. to D. for

6. Last summer, our school students participated in ___________ funds for street children.

A. raising B. making C. gathering D. taking

7. This is __________ book I’ve ever read.

A. the borest B. the most boring C. the boring D. the most bored

8. _______ she was terribly tired, she finished the project on time.

A. Although B. And C. But D. Because

9. Khang is not very __________. He never plays games.

A. sportsman B. sport C. sporting D. sporty

10. A book which gives you information on TV programmes is a ________ .

A. TV series B. TV schedule C. studio D. timetable

11. This test is ....................... difficult than that one.

A. too B. very C. the most D. more

 12. - Nick: "Do you feel like going to the cinema this evening?" - Sam: " __________"

A. I don't agree, I'm afraid B. You're welcome

C. I feel very bored D. That would be great

13.. ___________ time do you spend learning English every day?

A. How much B. How many C. How long D. How often

14. Would you like to _____________ for a walk later?

A. have B. make C. do D. go

Your answer:

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7.

8 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14.

II. Give the correct form of verbs or words in the brackets. (10 pts)

1. My last lesson often (1. finish) __________________ at 11.00 everyday.

2. Nick: Why ______ you (2. not go) __________ to school yesterday morning, Laura?

Laura: I had a bad cold and I (3. be) _________ very tired.

3. He (4. collect) ____________________ stamps since he was a kid.

4. Each one of the children has been given a piece of paper and a crayon. They (5. draw) _______
pictures in the painting room.

5. We (6. travel) ___________ to Ha Long Bay next summer.

6. Today is the _______________ day in my life. (7. HAPPY)

7. Everyone doesn’t really like Hoa’s voice as she sings so _____________. (8. BAD)

8. Air ____________ is a very serious problem that our world is facing today.(9. POLLUTE)

9. Because it doesn’t snow in Viet Nam in winter, we cannot go ________________(10. SKI).

Your answer:

1. 2. 3. 4. 5.
 6. 7. 8. 9. 10.

III. Each sentence has one mistake. Find, underline and correct it. (10 pts)
There is one example (0).
0. We are do our homework at the moment. doing
1. There has more than five hundred students and fifty teachers in our s
chool.
2. They think that Da Lat is the more beautiful place they have ever visit
ed.
3. Rio de Janeiro is one of the most exciting cities on the world.
4. My family go to Da Nang for our holiday last summer
5. You shouldn’t to take these pills because it is not good for you.
6. Last week, Peter was badly sick, but he couldn’t go to work
7. People in my neighborhood are very friend
8. I have not see my great grandma for over two months.
9. There aren’t some eggs in the fridge left
10. My little brother plays soccer one a week. He does it on Sunday after
noon only

SECTION C: READING
I. Using words in the box to complete the letter (10 pts)

Near air staying there cleaner

because end but some also

Dear Phong,

I’m sorry I couldn’t write to you earlier (1) _____________ I was very busy. Now we’re (2)
____________ in a small hotel near a shopping area in District 10. (3) ___________ my hotel,
there’s a cinema, a post office, a supermarket and (4) ___________cafés. There are some big
shops at the (5) ___________ of the street. It is (6) __________ very noisy here because there’s
always a lot of traffic, day and night.

In my hometown, I live in a quieter street. (7) ___________ are some small shops, a school and a
post office in my neighborhood (8) ___________ there isn’t a park and a cinema. The streets are
narrower but they are (9) __________ and there isn’t so much traffic. The (10) ________ is much
fresher, too. And every house has a backyard and a front yard.

Love,

Nam

Your answer:
1. 2. 3. 4. 5.

6. 7. 8. 9. 10.

II. Read the following texts and complete the task below. (8 pts)

ANGELA DFFY is a school girl from Brighton. She wants to be a good doctor. She says “I want to
go to medicine school. It’s a long course – about six years – but I’m going to work very hard. It’s a
difficult job, but I like working with people, and I like the idea of taking care of other people. I love
children. Looking after them must be wonderful.

BETTY WILSON is studying marketing at a university. She enjoys traveling and wants to work for a
tour company. She says “Next year I will finish university. I hope to travel around the world with
my brother. We also have to find work on the way”.

CARL BARNES wants to work in a restaurant. His favorite room in the house is the kitchen where
he spends most of the day in. He says “I love cooking, especially for lots of people. I have over a
hundred cooking books. “He wants to work in a restaurant in Paris where he hopes to learn how
to prepare sauces. He says: “I hope to open my own restaurant one day”.

Who does what? Write A (for Angela), B(for Betty) and C( for Carl).

(Number 0 has been done for you)

Who.....................................................? Your answer

0. .............comes from Brighton? 0. A

1. ............likes working in a tour company? 1.

 2 ...... ......likes taking care of children ? 2.

3. ..... ......wants to open a restaurant ? 3.

4............. wants to travel around the world? 4.

5. ............likes cooking for lots of people? 5.

6. ............is interested in travelling ? 6.

7..... ........is a student at university? 7.

8. ............wants to work in a hospital ? 8.

III. Choose A-F to complete the conversation between Nga and Mi. (6 pts)

Mi: Nga, what’s your hobby? A. I don’t think it’s easy but I like it very much.
Nga: (1) __________________________. B. I love cooking.

Mi: Why? C. Most of the time I learn from my mum.

Sometimes, I get them from the Internet.
Nga: (2) ___________________________.
D. It’s great when I can see other people enjoy
Mi: When did you start your hobby? my food.

Nga: (3) ___________________________. E. Yes, my mum loves it too.

Ngoc: Do you share this hobby with anyone? F. When I was 6 years old, my mum taught me
how to cook my first dish.
Nga: (4) ___________________________.

Mi: Is it difficult to cook?

Nga: (5) ___________________________.

Mi: Where do you get the recipes?

Nga: (6) ___________________________.

Your answer:

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6.

SECTION D: WRITING
I. Rewrite the following sentences so that the meaning stays the same as the first one. Do not
change the word given. (10 pts)
1. Huong is the most beautiful girl in my class MORE

 No girl _____________________________________________

2. What’s the distance between Ho Chi Minh City and Vung Tau? FROM

 How far ________________________________________________?

3. The weather was stormy, so we decided to cancel the trip to the countryside. BECAUSE

 We decided __________________________________________________

4. I am not as good at Math as my brother. THAN

 My brother is ________________________________________________

5. Nick likes eating chicken best. FAVOURITE

 Chicken is __________________________________________________.

6. We do a lot of outdoor activities in summer. IN

We take _____________________________________________________

7. She goes to school at six thirty.

 She goes __________________________________________________.

HALF

8. They are flying to Da Nang now.

 They are__________________________________________________.
 BY

9. How much is a bowl of noodles?

 How much__________________________________________________.

DOES

10. I need to buy six pencils.

 I need __________________________________________________. DOZEN

II. Imagine you are Hoa. Write a letter of about 80- 100 words to your friend, Linh about your next
summer vacation. (10pts)

Dear Linh,

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
 …………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………

Your friend,

Hoa

III. Write an essay of 100 – 120 words about the Tet festival in your country(12pts)
 Time
 Reasons to celebrate Tet
 Activities before Tet and during Tet holiday
 Your feeling
 ĐÁP ÁN VÀ HƯỚNG DẪN CHẤM ĐỀ KHẢO SÁT CHẤT LƯỢNG HỌC SINH GIỎI TIẾNG ANH 6 CHƯƠNG TRÌNH
HỆ 10 NĂM ( NĂM HỌC: 2018-2019)

SECTION A: PHONETICS

I. Choose one word whose underlined part is pronounced differently from the rest. (10 pts)

1. C 2. D 3. A 4. B 5. C

6. A. 7. C 8.D 9.D 10.C

SECTION B: GRAMMAR AND VOCABULARY

I. Choose the best answer among A, B, C or D. (14 pts)

1. A 2. D 3. B 4. C 5. D 6. A

7. B 8. A 9. D 10. B 11. D 12. D

13. A 14. D

II. Give the correct form of verbs or words in the brackets. (10 pts)

1. to keep 2. didn’t you go 3. was 4. has collected 5. are drawing

6. are traveling/will 7. happiest 8. badly 9. Pollution 10. skiing

travel/are going to travel

III. Each sentence has one mistake. Find, underline and correct it. (10 pts)
Mistake Correction Mistake Correction

1. has are 6. but so

2. more most 7. friend friendly

3. on in 8. see seen

4. go went 9. some any

5. to take take 10. one once

SECTION C: READING
I. Using words in the box to complete the letter (10 pts)

1. because 2. staying 3. near 4. some 5. end

6. also 7. there 8. but 9. cleaner 10. air

II. Read the following texts and complete the task below. (8 pts)

1. B 2. A 3. C 4. B

5. C 6. B 7. B 8. A

III. Choose a-f to complete their conversation. (6 pts)

1. B 2. D 3. F 4. E 5. A 6. C

SECTION D: WRITING
I. Rewrite the following sentences so that the meaning stays the same as the first one. Do not
change the word given. (10 pts)
1. No girl in my class is more beautiful than Huong

2. How far is it from Ho Chi Minh to Vung Tau?

3. We decided to cancel the trip to the countryside because the weather was stormy

4. My brother is better at Math than I (am)

5. Chicken is Nick’s favorite food

6. We take part in a lot of outdoor activities in summer.

7. She goes to school at half past six

8. They are going ( travelling) to DN by plane

9. How much does a bowl of noodles cost?

10. I need to buy half a dozen eggs

(Nếu HS làm đúng toàn bộ mới tính 1đ)

II. Imagine you are Hoa. Write a letter of about 100- 120 words to your friend, Linh about your next summer
vacation. (10pts)

III- Write an essay of 100 – 120 words about the Tet festival in your country(12pts)
 Time
 Reasons to celebrate Tet
 Activities before Tet and during Tet holiday
 Your feeling

Tổng điểm: 100/ 5 = 20 điểm.

The end.

PHÒNG GIÁO DỤC VÀ ĐÀO TẠO ĐỀ THỬ HSG ANH 6 NĂM HỌC 2018-2019

Môn TIẾNG ANH, Lớp 6

Thời gian: 150 phút (không kể phát đề)

Giám khảo 1 Lời phê STT Số tờ

Điểm bằng Điểm bằng
số chữ
Giám khảo 2 Số phách
I. Choose the word whose underlined part is pronounced differently. (5pts)
1. A. brush B. music C. truck D. bus
2. A. hour B. house C. help D. home
3. A. plays B. says C. days D. stays
4. A. watches B. brushes C. classes D. lives
5. A. station B. intersection C. question D. invitation
II. Choose the best answer (A, B, C OR D) to complete each sentence. (10 pt)

1. ………….do you think you can live without TV?

A. How often B. What C.Which D. How long
2. Trung is good………….. playing football, but he can’t …………karate well.
A. with/to B. at/play C. at/do D. in/make
3. Last summer, we……………Turkey and ………….great time there.
A. go/have B. went/have C.went to/had D.were/had
4. …………you ever………….a Philadelphia cheese steak?
A. Will/eat B. Have/eaten C. Did/eat D. Do/eat
5. In the future, we …………..go on holiday on a beach, but we ………….travel to the
moon.
A. won’t/might B. will/ don’t C. will be able/ will D.can/will
6. If we ………….find a beautiful old glass, we …………use it to keep pencils.
A. x/ will B. will/x C. won’t/will D. x/x
7. When we say “Hello, How are you?”, we are talking to a_______.
A. stranger B. teacher C. friend D. person
8. Mr and Mrs Brown and their father have _________ legs.

A. four B. six C. eight D. ten

9. Would you like _________ that for you?

A. me doing B. that I do C. me do D. me to do

10. Who is _________ of the two girls ?

A. tallest B. the tallest C. taller D. the taller

III. Supply the correct form of the verbs in the bracket.(10pt)

1. Last week, all members of the class (have) …………..a cold. They (keep)
…………….coughing and sneezing.

2. Hurry up! We (wait)………… for you. If you are slow, we (miss)………………. the bus
 3. Hoa’s father (be) …………a painter. He (decorate) ……………….his neighbors’ house this
morning.

4. Mr. Tan (not sit) ………….in Dr. Lai’s surgery now. He (leave) ……………..two hours ago.

5. Last month, her mother (teach) ………………..her how to use a sewing machine. She
(make) ………………..a new dress for her sister tonight.

IV. Fill in each blank with the correct form of the word in brackets.(10 pts)

1. Lan’s brother is a _________________ . He plays it very well. (piano)

2. Where is the _________________ post office from here? (near)

3. She often feels _________________when she gets bad marks. (happy)

4. I don't like _________________ days. (rain)

5. There is a very _________________ movie on at the Fansland cinema (interest)

6. You will be _________________ after your summer holiday. (healthy)

7. What is the _____________ sport in your country? (popular)

8. 4. I’d like a nice _________________ orange. (juice)

9. Your house is _________________ from our school than mine. (far)

10. Lan is good at English. She can speak English _________________. (fluent)

V.Read the dialogue then choose the best answer.( 5pt)

Nam: Hello, Viet. Do you hear about the new sports centre?
Viet: No, Nam. Where is it?
Nam: On Thang Long Road. You know near Xuan Thuy Street, behind the station.
Viet: Oh. Is it good?
Nam: Yes, it’s great! You can do a lot of sports. I played table tennis courts next year.
Viet: What about tennis?
Nam: Not yet. They are going to built some tennis courts next year.
Viet: Is it expensive?
Nam: Not really, Viet. It’s 50,000 dong a month if you’re 15 to 18, and 30,000 dong if you
are under 15.
Viet: Oh, that’s good because I’m still 14.
Nam: And on Tuesday, Thursday and Friday it stays open late – till 10 o’clock.
Viet: Oh, great. How did you get there?
Nam: I got the number 16 bus. It’s only 10 minutes from the bus station. Do you want to go
next week?
Viet: OK. Any day except Thursday.
Nam: Well, why don’t you go on Friday? Then we can stay late.
Viet: Yes, OK. Let’s meet after school.
1. Where is the new sports centre?
A. on Thang Long Road B. on Xuan Thuy Street
C. in front of the station C. opposite the station
2. What sports CAN’T you do at the sports centre?
A. tennis B. table tennis C. volleyball D. football
3. How much must Viet pay?
A. 14,000 dong a month B. 25,000 dong a month
C. 30,000 dong a month C. 50,000 dong a month
4. How many days a week does the sports centre open late?
A. 2 B. 3 C. 4 D. 5
5. Which bus goes to the sports centre?
A. number 6 B. number 10 C. number 16 D. number 60
VI. Put one suitable word in each gap to complete the passage (10 pts)

Americans like sport very much. One of the (1)............. popular kinds of sports in
Autumn is football. All the high schools(2)........... universities have their own teams.

In winter the most popular kind of sports (3)........... basketball. There is usually a match
every evening in one school gymnasium or another. In some parts of the United States
there is a lot of (4).............. and ice. Many people like skiing and skating.

In the other two (5).............., milions of Americans enjoy baseball. The schools have their
games in (6)..............., but the most important professional games are played during
summer. Many people listen to the games (7) .......... the radio, watch them on television
or read about them (8) .............. the newspapers.

Some also play tennis or golf and others (9) ......... fishing. They like to stay outdoors
(10)........it is warm during the months of June, July and August.

VII. Each sentence below contains an error. Find out and correct (10pts)

1. My sister enjoys to take photographs of flowers in the spring

2. Mr. Robinson wasn’t take Liz to the zoo yesterday afternoon.

3. They are poor but they live happy

4. The bank is opposite the hotel, between the restaurant or the bakery.
5. It takes me about fifteen minutes going to school by bicycle.

6. Could you tell me where to get to the souvenir shop?

7. You should to work harder for the coming exam

8. I am 14 years old, so Lan is

9. We hasn’t been to London since two years.

10. There was only a few people at the meeting last night.

Question VIII: Finish the second sentence so that it has the same meaning as the first.
(5 Pts)
1. Doing exercises every morning is good for you.
It …………………………………………………………………………………………….

2. Nam isn’t as tall as his brother.

Nam is …………………………………………………………………………….

3. He looks after the sick people.

He takes ...........................................................................................................................

4. He often flies to London.

He often goes …………………………………..…
5. That motorbike belongs to Mr. Trung.
That is ………………………………..……………..
IX. Order the sentences to have a complete conversation (10 pts)

A. Hey Nick, do you watch the dog race on TV last night?

B. Really? I’ve never seen it. What country is it in?

C. It’s a sport. Dogs race around a small track. It’s really exciting.

D. No, What is it?

E. Well… When is it on?

F. In Viet Nam, In Vung Tau. I know it’s an attraction in many countries: Australia,
America…

G. You’re welcome. I believe you’ll like it.

H. Sports channel.

I. That’s sound interesting. Which channel is it on?

J. At 9 o’clock Saturday evening and 10 o’clock Sunday morning.

K. Thanks for your recommendation. I’ll watch it right now.

Your answer: 0 – A

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10.

X. Write a paragraph (60 – 80 words) about a kind of sports you like. (5 pts).
..............................................................................................................................................
..............................................................................................................................................
..............................................................................................................................................

HƯỚNG DẪN CHẤM

Ðề thi thử HSG Năm học 2018-2019

Môn TIẾNG ANH Lớp 6

I. Choose the word whose underlined part is pronounced differently. (5 pts)

1.B 2.A 3.B 4.D 5.C

II.( 2.0 pts) Mỗi câu trả lời đúng (10 pts)

1.D, 2.C, 3.C, 4.B, 5.A, 6.A

7.C 8.B 9.D 10.B

III.supply the correct form of the verbs n the brackets (10 P)

1.had – kept 2.are waiting - will miss 3.is – has decorated

4.isn’t sitting – left 5.taught – will make

IV. Fill in each blank with the correct form of the word in brackets.(10 pts)

1. pianist 2. nearest 3. unhappy 4. rainy 5. interesting

6. healthier 7. most popular 8. juicy 9. farther 10. fluently

V.Read the dialogue then choose the best answer.( 5pt)
1A 2A 3C 4B 5C
VI. Put one suitable word in each gap to complete the passage (10 pts)

1.most 2.and 3.are 4.snow 5.sports

6.seasons 7.on 8.in 9.go 10.when

VII. Each sentence below contains an error. Find out and correct (10pts)

Mistakes to take wasn’t happy or going

Corrections taking didn’t happily and to go

Mistakes where should to work so Lan is since was

Correction how should work so is Lan for were

Question VIII: Finish the second sentence so that it has the same meaning as the first.
(5 Pts)
1. It is good for you to do exercise every morning
2.Nam is shorter than his brrother

3. He takes care of the sick people

4.He often goes to London by plane
5.That is Mr Trung’s motorbike
IX. Order the sentences to have a complete conversation (10 pts)

1 – D; 2 – C; 3 – B; 4 – F; 5 – I; 6 – H; 7 – E; 8 – J;

9 – K; 10 - G

X. Write a paragraph (60 – 80 words) about a kind of sports you like. (5 pts)

- Đúng chủ đề

- Đảm bảo nội dung

- Đúng chính tả và ngữ pháp

- Diễn đạt ý trôi chảy ,có kết nối ý.

Tông điểm 80 : 4 = 20 (tính thang điểm 20)

 UBND HUYỆN ………. ĐỀ KHẢO SÁT HỌC SINH GIỎI NĂM HỌC 2018-2019
PHÒNG GD & ĐT Môn: Tiếng Anh lớp 6

A. VOCABULARY-GRAMMAR (4.0/10)
I. Chose the odd word.
1. A. rubber B. ruler C. singer D. calculator
2. A. vocabulary B. grammar C. structure D. classmate
3. A. dishwasher B. chopsticks C. microwave D. fridge
4. A. statue B. cathedral C. headmaster D. palace
5. A. change B. mountain C. waterfall D. valley
II. Chose the word that has the underlined part pronounced differently from the rest.
6. A. cook B. clean C. celebrate D. candy
7. A. April B. decorate C. make D. tradition
8. A. spring B. visit C. present D. season
9. A. express B. exciting C. expensive D. excellent
10. A. Thursday B. these C. thanks D. birthday
III. Choose the word that differs from the rest in the position of the main stress.
11. A. active B. behind C. cupboard D. crazy
12. A. essential B. fireworks C. rubbish D. wardrobe
13. A. palace B. plaster C. diverse D. funny
14. A. mountain B. kitchen C. pagoda D. wonder
15. A. historic B. reliable C. polluted D. workshop
IV. Choose the best option to complete each sentence.
16. We are always early …… school because we never get up late.
A. at B. in C. on D. for
17. Children rarely go swimming in the winter …… it is very cold.
A. because B. and C. but D. so
18. Mary: How are you going to get to Hung King Temple next weekend?
Tom: I’ll go there ……
A. for one day B. by bus C. again D. sometimes
19. Mary: What would you like to drink now?
Tom: ………………………….
A. No, I’m not B. No, thank you C. Yes, I’d like D. Orange juice, please
20. In the morning, I and my friends often …… our bikes to school.
A. ride B. fly C. drive D. go
21. Mary: …… do you play badminton?
Tom: I play badminton every afternoon.
A. How long B. How far C. How often D. How many
22. Mary: What …………………………….?
Tom: He is of medium height, with black hair and dark skin.
A. would he likeB. is he like C. he likes D. does he want
23. My mother wants me to become a Pop singer because she thinks it is …… job in the world.
A. the best B. good C. very good D. better
24. There are too many buildings …… the city centre, so there aren’t enough parks for kids. A. at
B. on C. in D. to
25. Fansipan is …… peak of Vietnam, Laos, and Cambodia.
A. high B. higher C. highest D. the highest

V. Underline then correct ONE mistake in each sentence.

26. This is my new school, it have a large playground.
27. I have a new uniform but I don’t wearing it today.
28. In my kitchen, the sink is next the fridge.
29. Mary and Daisy is my best friends, they are not very tall.
30. The Vietnamese celebrates Tet at different time each year.

VI. Use the correct form of the words in CAPITAL to complete the sentences.
31. It is …(DANGER)… to go hiking in this area.
32. Ha Long Bay is number one …(NATURE)… wonder in Vietnam.
33. Mary is the …(LEAD)… of the English speaking club in my class.
34. Big cities in Vietnam are too busy and …(POLLUTE)…
35. Hoi An is a …(HISTORY)… city with a lot of old houses, shops and buildings.
36. My trip to Phong Nha Ke Bang is …(FORGET)… experience.
37. There are many …(TRADITION)… festivals in Vietnam.
38. We should eat less fast food or junk food because they are …(HEALTH)….
39. Visitors come to Hue because there are many tourist …(ATTRACT)…
40. We can take part in many outdoor …(ACT)… during the festival.

C. READING (3.0/10)
I. Read the following passage then choose the best option to each statement.
Nha Trang is one of the most important tourist hubs of Vietnam, thanks to its beautiful beaches with fine
and clean sand and the clear ocean water with mild temperature all year round. There are several resorts such as
Vinpearl, Diamond Bay and Ana Mandra, amusement and water parks both in the city and on islands off the coast.
The possibly most beautiful street of Nha Trang is Tran Phu Street along the seaside, sometimes referred to as the
Pacific Coast Highway of Vietnam.
Lying off Nha Trang is the Hon Tre Island (Bamboo Island), with a major resort operated by the Vinpearl Group. The
Vinpearl Cable Car, a gondola lift system, links the main land to the five-star resort and theme park on Hon Tre
Island.
41. Nha Trang is considered as one of the most beautiful tourist hubs in Vietnam because ……
A. it has several resorts such as Vinpearl, Diamond Bay and Ana Mandra
B. it has beautiful coastal villages with mild temperature all year round
C. it has beautiful beaches and clear ocean water with mild temperature all year round
D. The Vinpearl Cable Car links the main land to the five-star resort on Hon Tre Island.
42. According to the text, Diamond Bay is the name of a/an ……
A. resort B. cable car C. beach D. island
43. The Pacific Coast Highway of Vietnam referred to …… in Nha Trang.
A. the city B. the islands C. Tran Phu Street D. Vinpearl Group
44. The word “major” in line 6 is closest in meaning to ……
A. modern B. beautiful C. expensive D. main
45. According to the text, which of the following statements is NOT true?
A. The Hon Tre Island (Bamboo Island) is not on the main land of Nha Trang.
 B. Hon Tre Island is one of the most important tourist hubs of Vietnam.
C. Tourists can go to Hon Tre Island from the mainland of Nha Trang by cable car.
D. Tran Phu Street is possibly the most beautiful street of Nha Trang.
II. Fill in each gap to complete the text.
Living in the countryside is something that people from the city often dream about. However, in reality, it has
…(46)… its advantages and disadvantages. There are certain some …(47)… to live in the countryside as you can
enjoy peace and quiet. In the countryside there are not many cars and motorbikes, so that it is not very noisy every
day and of course the air is clean. Moreover, people in the countryside tend to be friendlier …(48)… more open to
others. Another advantage is that the food is also fresher. Many kinds of food have the root from the countryside,
it is …(49)… delicious than in the city. On the other hand, there are certain drawbacks to the life …(50)… from the
city. Firstly, because there are fewer people, you are likely to …(51)… fewer friends. In addition, entertainment …
(52)… difficult to find, particularly in the evening. Furthermore, the fact …(53)… there are fewer shops and services
means that it is harder to …(54)… job. As a result, we may have to travel a …(55)… way to work, which extremely
expensive.

III. Read then answer the questions.

Many countries all over the world celebrate the New Year holiday. In China, it is a very happy time. Chinese
people think it is the most important time of the year. There are parades in the streets, and families gather for big
dinners. At these dinners, children get lucky money in red envelopes as their good grade and achievements during
the last year. Before the New Year, the Chinese people always clean their houses to clean out bad luck. Everything
must be fresh and clean as they think that they will have a happy new year. People also make sure that they have
paid all their bills. It is important to start a New Year without owning anyone’s money. Different from Chinese, in
Thailand, people hold Water Festival. The festival takes place everywhere in the country but especially popular in
the north. Water Festival takes place in the middle of April every year. It is a part of the Thai New Year. People
throw buckets of water on each other. There are even parades where people throw water. It is especially important
to throw water on older people. It shows respect to them.
56. What happen in the streets in China on New Year holiday?
57. Why do Chinese people clean their houses before the New Year?
58. What do they try to avoid when they start the New Year?
59. When is the Water Festival held in Thailand?
60. Why is it important to throw water on older people?

IV. Match the first halves in column A with the second ones in column B to make sentences.

Column A Column B

61. Linna is washing the dishes A. but I am not.

62. My friends are going away for holiday this summer B. and he drives to work every day.
63. My uncle has got a small car C. but there is only one bathroom.
64. My father likes raw fish D. and her sister is helping her.
65. There are 3 bedrooms in my new house. E. but my mother doesn’t.

V. Read the passage and match the words in column A with their meaning in column B.
 Angel Falls is the highest waterfall in the world. It is located in the lonely jungles of Venezuela. The best
way to get to the falls is by air.
From the top to the bottom, the waterfall is 3212 feet, over 1000 feet higher than any other falls in the world. It
looks like a silver thread hanging from the clouds. Visitor can see spectacular scenery at the falls. Water drops
straight down the cliff and tumbles and foams over the lower canyon wall. The fine spray catches the light and
sparkles in the sun.
The falls were named after Jimmie Angel. He was a pilot and he discovered the falls in 1937. However, the local
people already knew it and called it the Churun Meru.

Column A Column B

66. thread A. surprising and wonderful.

67. tumble B. many small bubbles.
68. marvelous C. shine brightly with small flashes of light.
69. foam D. a string made of thin bits of cotton, wool, etc.
70. sparkle E. fall very hard.

D. WRITING (3.0/10)
I. Rearrange the words to make sentences.
71. can/friends/not/choose/can/relatives/we/but/we/choose.
72. peaceful/live/a/we/in/neighborhood/very.
73. city/sister/living/modern/in/a/apartment/is/my/in/the/.
74. railway/me/you/the/tell/can/way/the/to/station?
75. us/out/for/let/go/a walk.

II. Write sentences from the given cues.

76. Jane’s T-shirt/expensive/than/my.
77. I’m/to/introduce/you/natural wonders/world.
78. My new pencil case/different/your.
79. What time/you/breakfast?
80. Mr. Brown/like/do gardening/morning.

III. Rewrite these sentences in such a way that the sentences you write remain unchanged from the original ones.
81. The square in Hoi An is smaller than the square in Hanoi.
The square in Hanoi …………………………………
82. There are many shops here, so the streets are busy all day.
Because there ………………………………………………………
83. No lake in the world is deeper than Lake Baikal.
Lake Baikal ………………………………………………….
84. There is an art gallery opposite my school gate.
The art gallery ……………………………………………….
85. My brother never goes to school late.
My brother always ………………………………………….
 -------The end-----

Họ và tên thí sinh: …………………………… Trường THCS: ………… SBD ……

PHÒNG GD & ĐT ĐÁP ÁN VÀ HƯỚNG DẪN CHẤM

 TAM ĐẢO ĐỀ KHẢO SÁT HỌC SINH GIỎI VÒNG 1 NĂM HỌC 2018-2019
Môn: Tiếng Anh lớp 6

Chú ý: Từ câu 1 đến câu 85 mỗi câu đúng được 0.1 điểm
Phần viết văn được chấm theo các tiêu chí trong hướng dẫn

1. C 2. D 3. B 4. C 5. A 6. C 7. D 8. A 9. D 10. B 11. B 12. A 13. C

14. C 15. D 16. D 17. A 18. B 19. D 20. A 21.C 22. B 23. A 24. C 25.D
26. Havehas 27. don’tamnot 28. nextnext to 29. isare 30. celebratescelebrate
31. dangerous 32. natural 33. leader 34. polluted 35. historic
36. unforgetable 37. traditional 38. unhealthy 39. attractions 40. activities
41. C 42. A 43. C 44. D 45. B
46. both 47. advantages 48. and 49. more 50. far/away
51. have 52. is 53. that 54. find 55. long
56. There are parades in the streets
57. Chinese people always clean their houses to clean out bad luck.
58. They try to avoid owning anyone’s money.
59. The Water Festival is held in Thailand in the middle of April every year.
60. Because it shows respect to them.
61. D 62. A 63. B 64. E 65. C 66. D 67. E 68. A 69. B 70. C
71. We can choose friends but we can not choose relatives.
72. We live in a very peaceful neighborhood
73. My sister is living in a modern apartment in the city.
74. Can you tell me the way to the railway station?
75. Let us go out for a walk.
76. Jane’s T-shirt is more expensive than my T-shirt.
77. I’m going to introduce to you some natural wonders of the world.
78. My new pencil case is different from your pencil case.
79. What time do you have breakfast?
80. Mr. Brown likes doing gardening in the morning.
81. The square in Hanoi is larger than the square in Hoi An.
82. Because there are many shops here, the streets are busy all day
83. Lake Baikal is the deepest in the world.
84. The art gallery is opposite my school gate.
85. My brother always goes to school on time/early.

Write an Email

Tiêu chí Yêu cầu Điểm

Content A provision of all main ideas and details as appropriate. 0.5
Language A variety of vocabulary and structures appropriate to the level of English
0.5
language for lower-secondary school students.
Presentation Coherence, cohesion, and style appropriate to the level of English language for
0.5
lower-secondary school students.

Total: 10

ĐỀ THI CHỌN HỌC SINH GIỎI LỚP 6 LÂN 4

Trường THCS Năm học: 2018-2019

Môn: Tiếng Anh

Thời gian: 120 phút (Không kể thời gian giao đề)

I.Choose the word in each group that has the underlined part pronounced differently from the rest.

1. A. express B. exciting C. expensive D. excellent

2. A. coffee B. see C. agree D. free

3. A. son B. sugar C. soup D. sing

4. A. palm B. fasten C. classmate D. traffic

5. A. plays B. says C. days D. stays

6. A. dad B. hat C. plant D. happy

7. A. hear B. near C. fear D. pear
8. A. writes B. makes C. packets D. tomatoes
9. A. clown B. down C. own D. town

10. A. breathe B. rhythm C. although D. worth

II. Choose the best answer from A, B, C or D to complete these sentences.

1. At the weekend we can play a ..........................of badminton or join in a football match.

A.sport B. game C. sports game D. match game

2. Kien is not very ..........He never plays games A. sport B. sporty C. sportingD. unsporty

3. My brother likes watching TV............................I like going out with my friends

A. and B. but C. or D. so
4. I want to work in television industry,.........................I am working hard

A. because B. although C. so D. and

5. Bangkok is ............. capital of Thailand. A. a B. one C. X D. the

6. There are ................. girls in his class.A. not B. no C. none D. any

7. ......... she plays the piano! A. How beautiful B. How beautifully C. What good D. What well

8. On .... we often go out. A. nights of Saturday B. Saturday nights C. Saturday’s nights D. none is correct

9. I don’t want much sugar in coffee. Just ........., please.

A. little B. a little C. few D. a few

10. “I’ve just received a scholarship” -”......................!.........................................”

A. Really B. Thank you C. Congratulations D. Well

I II. Supply the correct form or tense of the verbs in the parentheses (3.0 points).

1. Where is your mother? – She is in the kitchen. She ______(cook) the dinner.

2. Your brother often ______ (go) to school by bus last year?

3. He often played football when he ( be ) .....................young .

4. Trung is learning to play the guitar. He ( have ) ...................guitar lessons twice a week.

5. Look! The plane (fly) ............................ toward to the airport. It (land)..........................

6. Take these medicines and you ( feel ) ……………….. better then, Ha .

7. I …………..(have) a birthday party tomorrow evening. Would you like ………..(come)?

8. ………… he……….. (like) milk or tea?

9. Where is Nam?- He(watch)…………………… TV in his room at the moment.
10. I often go to school by bicycle but today I ……….. (go) to school by bus.
IV Give the correct form of the words in brackets. (2.0 points)

EX. Knowing English well is very (use )…….. -> useful

1 The .........……. of the experiment is about 20 minutes (LONG)

2.She sent her best wishes for my future…… ........(HAPPY)

3. The ……………of this tree are very green and beautiful. ( LEAF )

4. Every year I make a ........................and every year I break it. (RESOLUTE)

5.I don’t believe that the .................can bring us good or bad luck.(FOOT)

6. That’s a.............................designer. She has a lot of new ideals.(CREATE)

7. Nhung is quiet,but sometimes she becomes……………(TALK)

8. They’re famous football................................ (PLAY)

9. They are ........................... about their lesson. (TALK)

10. She told me she would comes so be…………….(PATIENCE)

V. Each sentence below contains an error. Underline it and write the correct answer in the space provided. (2.0
points)

1. I have learnt how swim since 2010.

2. She has worked for this bank since she leaves university.

3. What sweet voice you have!

4. I go to the school library to borrow books twice.

5. Could you tell me the way to the post office ?

6. I received a letter to my friend last week.

7. I have gone to Singapore three times.
8. My brother can’t swim, so he is afraid of water.
9. Don’t eat toomuch salt because it is not good to you.
10.- “Which is the most expensive city in the world ?” – “ I think it’s Tokyo.”
VI.Read the passage and choose the best answer from A, B, C, or D to complete each space.

DIFFERENT HOBBIES

There are four people in my family. Each of us has a (1) ______hobby. My dad likes reading newspapers because
he can get the (2) ______news every morning. However, my mom enjoys watching TV and reading magazines. She
often spends hours reading articles about fashion and cooking.
 (3) ________my mom and dad, my brother (4) ______loves exploring websites about airplanes. He spends (5)
________of his free time (6) _______information about the history and development (7)_______aircraft. He also
writes emails (8) ________ chats with his friends about his hobby. For me, I am (9) _______interested in listening
to music. I love listening to music on the FM radio. I also like music (10) ________on TV on Sundays. What about
you? What is your hobby?

1. A. different B. other C. same D. similar

2. A. newest B. latest C. lately D. fastest

3. A. Undo B. Unable C. Unlucky D. Unlike

4. A. real B. does C. only D. doesn’t

5. A. lot B. many C. variety D. most

6. A. getting B. having C. looking D. taking

7. A. for B. of C. on D. with

8. A. to B. or C. after D. before

9. A. too B. also C. really D. such

10. A. part B. piece C. program D. playing

V II. Put a word in each gap in the following postcard. (1points)

Fansipan is the highest peak of Vietnam, Laos and Cambodia, so it is called “the Roof of Indochina” while the local
(1).............call it Huasipan. Huasipan means large tottering rock.

Fansipan is 3,143 metres (2)...........It is in Lao Cai Province, nine kilometres southwest of Sa Pa Town (3)...........the
Hoang Lien Son mountain range.

Fansipan is now one of the very few eco-tourist spots of Vietnam, with about 2,024 varieties of plants and 327
types of animal and insects. Many tourist (4) .............the mountain every year . If you climb the mountain from the
end of February to march, you (5)...........have a chance to admire the beautiful blooming flowers in many different
colors.

VIII. Finish each of the following sentences in such a way that it means exactly the same as the first. (

1. It is essential that you do your homework before going to school. You must …………
2. It is necessary for us to be present at the class discussion on Saturday. We must ….

3. Hanoi is large, Bangkok is large and Tokyo is the largest. Tokyo is ……

4. It is wrong of us to throw rubbish.. We mustn’t …………

5. How many apples does she want? How many apples would……….?

6. Learning how to use a computer is very easy It is …………………………

7. He drives very carefully. He is ..………….……

8. Students at our school take part in a lot of outdoor activities Students at our school do ………

9. I find it difficult to find a better solution to that problem. I have ...............................................................

10. Lan is the oldest of the three sisters  Lan has ..........................................................................

IX. Use the given words or phrases to make the meaningful sentences ( )

1. future / robots / able / do / many / things / like / humans//.

……………………………………………………………………………………

2. I / go library / last night / and / probably / go / there / tonight / too//.

……………………………………………………………………………………

3. There / might / not / meeting / this afternoon / because / director / ill //.

……………………………………………………………………………………

4. Where / new / remote control / that / I / buy / last week//?

……………………………………………………………………………………

5. Hoa / like / eat / noodles / but / mother / always / cook / rice / her//.

X. Make questions for the underlined part ().

1. ……………………………………………………………………………… ?

Tom put the remote control on the bookshelf.

2. ……………………………………………………………………………… ?

They go to the English club twice a week.

3. ……………………………………………………………………………… ?

She missed a week's lessons because of illness.

4. ……………………………………………………………………………… ?

That newsreader usually gets to work by bus.

5. ……………………………………………………………………………… ?

The game show lasted for two hours and a half.

IX .Write an email to your friend about( 100– 120 words) to say about your house

The end

ĐÊ ĐỀ LUYỆN THI HSG NĂM HỌC 2019 -2020

Môn thi :ANH 6

( Thời gian làm bài 90 phút)

I. Choose the word that has the underlined part pronounced differently from the rest.
1. a. lamps b. desks c. lights d. legs
2. a. brother b. nose c. sofa d. poster
3. a. careful b. class c. city d.cupboard
4. a. kitchen b. children c. chat d. choir
5. a. subject b. music c. study d. lunch
II. Choose the correct answers a, b, c, or d.
1. The boy is sitting ________ the computer. He is playing computer games.
a. under b. next to c. behind d. in front of
2. The school year in Viet Nam starts ________ September 5th.
a. in b. on c. at d. since
3. Students live and study in a ________ school. They only go home at weekends.
a. secondary b. international c. boarding d. private
4. My best friend is very ________. He plays football and basketball very well.
a. friendly b. sporty c. lovely d. funny
5. Jane is healthy because she does ________ every day.
a. football b. yoga c. basketball d. badminton
6. There are so many new words in the passage. Can I use a ________ to help me?
a. calculator b. ruler c. dictionary d. notebook
7. ________ are your friends coming for the party tonight? ~ About 7 o’clock.
a. What b.Where c. What time d. Howoften
8. ‘What are you doing this Saturday?’
‘I’m ________ camping with some friends.
a. having b.going c.doing d. playing
9. ‘How is your first day at school?’
a. By bicycle. b. Five days a week. c. That sounds great. d. Really exciting.
10. ‘Would you like to go for a drink?’ ‘________’
a. Oh sorry, I can’t. b. No, I wouldn’t. c. Not at all. d. My pleasure.
III. Put the verbs in brackets into the correct tense form.
1. Mark and Sam _________________ (train) for the football game next week.
2. Where is Mai? ~ She _________________ (skip) with her friends in the schoolyard.
3. _________________ (you/ play) football after school?
4. There _________________ (be) a bed, a bookcase, a table and two chairs in my room.
5. She ____________ (not have) a pretty face, but she ____________ (have) beautiful blue eyes.
6. _________________ (Tom/ ride) his bike to school tomorrow morning?
IV. Supply the correct form of the words in brackets.
1. Ella is very __________ and gets along well with everyone. (friend)
2. Please be__________ with those vases. Don’t break them. (care)
3. Alisa is so__________. She talks too much in class, (talk)
4. We had a lot of __________ at Sandra’s party. (funny)
5. Keep yourself __________ by eating well and exercising regularly. , (health)
6. We are going to Han River to watch fireworks __________. (compete)
V. There is one mistake in each sentence. Find and correct it.
1. I live in a apartment on Nguyen Trai Street. _________________
2. Listen! Someone knocks at the door. _________________
3. What do you doing tomorrow? _________________
4. There is some new furnitures in the living room. _________________
5. My mother have short curly hair and big blue eyes. _________________
6. Would you like going to the movies tonight? _________________
VI. Choose the word which best fits each gap.
 From: [email protected]

To: [email protected]

Subject: Hi friend!

Hi Harry,
Nice to meet you! My name is Huy and I am fifteen years old. I live in Ho Chi Minh City
with my parents, my little sister Hanh and a bull dog Rocky. We live in a house on Hung
Vuong Street. My house (1) ______________ three bedrooms and a small garden.
I live (2) ______________ my school so I walk to school every day. I like my school and my
favorite subjects are Math and Science. I also like to work with computers. What about
you? What subject do you like (3) ______________ school?
My best friends are Nam and Quan and we are in the (4) ______________ class. After
school I often go to the school canteen with my friends. The canteen has got wi-fi so we
can chat (5) ______________ while eating or drinking and then usually we go home and
do our homework. At the weekend, I play sports with my friends. We play football and
basketball and sometimes we go (6) ______________.
Write soon and tell me about yourself, your friends and your family.
Best wishes,
Huy

1. a. have b. has c. is d. are

2. a. next b. in front c. near d. far from
3. a. at b. on c. in d. for
4. a. any b.very c. some d. same
5. a. offline b. online c. inline d. outline
6. a. swim b. to swim c. swimming d. to swimming
VII.Choose a suitable word to complete the passage.

I live(1)_______ a house near the sea. It is (2)……. old house, about 100 (3)…… old and it's very small.There(4)
_______ two bed rooms upstairs but no bathroom. The bathroom is down stairs, next to the kitchen and there is
(5)______living room where there is a lovely old fire place. There is a _______(6) in front of the house. The garden
goes down to the beach and (7)______ Spring and Summer there are flowers every where. I like alone _______(8)
my dog, Rack, but we have a lot of visitors. My city friends often stay with me.I love my house for many _______(9):
the garden, the flowers in Summer, the fire in Winter, but the best thing is the view _______ (10) my bedroom
window.

1………………… 2…………………. 3…………………. 4………………….. 5………………….

6………………….. 7………………….. 8…………………. 9………………….. 10…………………

VIII. Complete the second sentence so that it means the same as the first.
1. Her eyes are brown and big.
She _______________________________________________________________________________
2. My house has a living room, a kitchen, a bathroom and two bedrooms.
There _____________________________________________________________________________
3. Phong likes Maths most.
Phong’s____________________________________________________________________________
4. James is hard-working and smart.
Jame isn’t __________________________________________________________________________
5. What is your address?
Where ____________________________________________________________________________
6. Do you want to go for a drink?

ĐÁP ÁN
I. 1. d 2. a 3. c 4. d 5. b
II. 1. are training 2. is skipping 3. Do you play 4. is
5. doesn’t have - has 6. Is Tom riding
IV. 1. friendly 2. careful 3. talkative 4. fun
5. healthy 6. competition
V. 1.a→an 2. knocks→ is knocking 3. do→ are
 4. furnitures→ furniture 5. have→has 6. going→ to go
VI.1. b 2. c 3. a 4. d 5. b 6. c

1.in 2.an 3.years 4.are 5.a

6.garden 7.in 8.with 9.reasons 10.from

VII. 1. She has big brown eyes.

2.There is a living room, a kitchen, a bathroom and two bedrooms in my house.
3.Phong’s favourite subject is Maths.
4.James isn’t lazy and stupid.
5.Where do you live?
6.Would you like to go for a drink?
VIII.1. b 2. c 3. a 4. d 5. b 6. c
IX. 1. She has big brown eyes.
2.There is a living room, a kitchen, a bathroom and two bedrooms in my house.
3.Phong’sfavourite subject is Maths.
4.James isn’t lazy and stupid.
5.Where do you live?
6.Would you like to go for a drink?